INFORMAX INC
S-1, 2000-07-11
Previous: HEADLANDS HOME EQUITY LOAN TR 1998-2 REV HOME EQ LN AS BK NO, 15-15D, 2000-07-11
Next: INFORMAX INC, S-1, EX-3.1, 2000-07-11



     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 11, 2000
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              ------------------
                                INFORMAX, INC.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                        7371                    56-1687783
    (State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial      (IRS Employer
     incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
</TABLE>
                              ------------------
   6010 EXECUTIVE BOULEVARD, 10TH FLOOR, ROCKVILLE, MD 20852, (301) 984-2206
(Address,  including  zip  code,  and  telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                                 JOSEPH LEHNEN
                            CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                      6010 EXECUTIVE BOULEVARD, 10TH FLOOR
                              ROCKVILLE, MD 20852
                                (301) 984-2206
(Name,  address,  including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                              ------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
              MICHAEL J. SILVER                            JEFFREY E. COHEN
           Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.                          Coudert Brothers
    111 S. Calvert Street, Suite 1600                1114 Avenue of the Americas
             Baltimore, MD 21202                          New York, NY 10036
             (410) 659-2700                                 (212) 626-4400

</TABLE>
                              ------------------
     Approximate  date  of  commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon
as practicable after the Effective Date of this Registration Statement.

     If  any  of  the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on  a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

     If  this  Form  is  filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant  to  Rule  462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list  the  Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If  this  Form  is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under  the  Securities  Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement  number  of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If  this  Form  is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under  the  Securities  Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement  number  of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PROPOSED
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM
            TITLE OF EACH CLASS                AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING PRICE           AGGREGATE            AMOUNT OF
       OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED        PER UNIT (1)       OFFERING PRICE (1)     REGISTRATION FEE
-------------------------------------------   --------------   ------------------   --------------------   -----------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>                  <C>                    <C>
Common Stock, par value $0.01 (2) .........       shares               $                 $75,000,000            $19,800
</TABLE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

(2) Includes         shares which the  underwriters  have the option to purchase
to cover over-allotments, if any.

     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE
ON  SUCH  DATE  AS  THE  COMMISSION,  ACTING  PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED          , 2000


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS


                                         SHARES


[GRAPHIC OMITTED]


                                  COMMON STOCK
                              ------------------

     This  is  an  initial  public  offering  of       shares of common stock of
InforMax,  Inc.  We  are selling all of the shares of common stock offered under
this prospectus.

     We  expect the public offering price for our common stock to be between $
and  $   per share. There is currently no public market for our common stock. We
have  applied  to  have  our  common  stock  approved  for listing on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "INMX."

     SEE  "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 TO READ ABOUT RISKS THAT YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

     NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY
BODY  HAS  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR
ACCURACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

                              ------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PER SHARE       TOTAL
                                                    -----------   ----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
Public offering price ...........................     $            $
Underwriting discounts and commissions ..........     $            $
Proceeds to InforMax, Inc. ......................     $            $
</TABLE>

                              ------------------
     We  have  granted  the  underwriters  a  30-day option to purchase up to an
additional         shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering
price less the underwriting discount.

     The  underwriters  are severally underwriting the shares being offered. The
underwriters  expect  to  deliver  the  shares  in New York, New York, on      ,
2000.

                              ------------------
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

                           U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY

                                                   ADAMS, HARKNESS & HILL, INC.


                  The date of this prospectus is        , 2000

THE  INFORMATION  IN  THIS  PRELIMINARY  PROSPECTUS  IS  NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED.  WE  MAY  NOT  SELL  THESE  SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
FILED  WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS
IS  NOT  AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES, AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO
BUY  THESE  SECURITIES,  IN  ANY  JURISDICTION  WHERE  THE  OFFER OR SALE IS NOT
PERMITTED.

<PAGE>

[At  the  top  of  the page of the inside front cover appears numerous series of
the  letters  "C,"  "A,"  "G"  and  "T"  in varied order, size, shade and color,
including  red, blue, green and white. The letters are surrounded by and overlay
various  numbers,  preceded  by  "+" signs. The numbers and letters appear as if
they  are  rapidly  moving  horizontally  across  the  page. Beneath the graphic
appears the caption, "What's behind the genomic revolution?"]

[The  bottom  third  of  the  page  along  the  right  side begins with the word
"InforMax"  in  black  and  InforMax's  greenish-blue,  double  helix logo above
"High-Throughput  Research(TM)."  Beneath  that is the word "GenoMax(TM)," above
the  phrase "Enterprise Bioinformatics System for High-Throughput Research" in a
less  bold  style.  Beneath that is the phrase "Vector NTI(Reg. TM) Suite" above
the   phrase  "Desktop  Software  for  Integrated  Sequence  Analysis  and  Data
Management" in a less bold style.]

[Along  the  top  left  third  of  the inside two-page gatefold appears numerous
series  of  the  letters  "C," "A," "G" and "T" in varied order, size, shade and
color,  including  red, blue, green and white. The letters are surrounded by and
overlay  various  numbers, preceded by "+" signs. The numbers and letters appear
as  if they are rapidly moving horizontally across the page. Running through the
middle  of  the  graphic  is a green horizontal line with various vertical lines
branching  out  above  and  below the horizontal line. The vertical lines end in
bullets  with  the  following  words appearing next to the bullets (from left to
right  alternatively  above  and  below  the  green  horizontal line): "Customer
Databases,"  "Online  Data,"  "Integration  of  Data  Types," "Our ResearchLogic
Interface,"  "Java  Framework,"  "Analysis,"  "Customized Data Presentation" and
"Collaboration."  Perpendicular  to  the  green horizontal line, at the far left
end  of  the  graphic above the green horizontal line is the word "Input" in red
font  with  an  arrow  pointing  to the phrase "Experimental Data" preceded by a
blue  bullet  appearing  below  the  green horizontal line. Perpendicular to the
green  horizontal  line,  at  the  far  right end of the graphic above the green
horizontal  line  is  the  word  "Results" in red font with an arrow pointing to
"Knowledge,"  "Productivity,"  and  "Products,"  each  preceded by a blue bullet
appearing  below  the  green  horizontal  line. Beneath the far left side of the
graphic is the phrase "From Data to Knowledge."]

[Along  the  bottom  two  thirds  of  the  two page gatefold on the left side is
"GenoMax"  in  blue  above  three  pictures of computer screens, one for each of
"Blast  Results  View," "SimBlockView," and "Array Analysis View." In the middle
is  "Vector NTI Suite" in blue above three pictures of computer screens for each
of  "Molecule View," "BioPlot(TM)" and "ContigExpress.(TM)" Along the right side
of the bottom two thirds of the gatefold is the following disclosure:

     "InforMax  is a leader  in  bioinformatic  software  for  accelerated  drug
discovery,  enabling  pharmaceutical,  biotechnology and research  organizations
worldwide  to  achieve  greater  insights  through  biological  data  mining and
integrated sequence analysis.


GENOMAX(TM)

     Launched  in  late 1998, our GenoMax enterprise software has been purchased
by 16 organizations engaged in genomic research.

     This  large-scale  data mining application integrates multiple genomic data
types  and  enables  researchers  to  automate  complex  analysis  tasks.  It is
designed  for  a  coordinated  effort  by  a  diverse team of scientists working
across research divisions.


VECTOR NTI(Reg. TM) SUITE

     Launched  in  1993,  Vector  NTI  Suite  has  been  licensed to over 17,000
desktops worldwide.

     This   desktop   application  is  a  comprehensive  sequence  analysis  and
visualization  tool  for  laboratory  scientists  engaged in genomic and protein
sequence  research.  Vector  NTI is designed to reflect the natural workflow and
analytical processes used by a laboratory researcher."

In  the bottom right hand corner of the two-page gatefold appears "InforMax" and
the InforMax Double Helix Logo Design, above "High-Throughput Research(TM)."]

<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     You  should  read  the  following  summary  together with the more detailed
information  regarding  our  company  and  our  common  stock being sold in this
offering  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes  to our
consolidated  financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before
making  an  investment  decision.  You  should  also  consider  the  information
discussed  in  "Risk  Factors."  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  this  prospectus
assumes:

   o  the  automatic   conversion  of  our   outstanding   Series  A  redeemable
      convertible  preferred  stock  into  common  stock  upon  closing  of  the
      offering;

   o  the filing of our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation,
      converting our  non-voting  class of common stock into voting common stock
      and  authorizing a single class of voting common stock after the offering,
      and making other  changes as are described  elsewhere in this  prospectus,
      and the amendment of our bylaws; and

   o  no exercise by the  underwriters  of their  option to purchase  additional
      shares of stock in the offering to cover over-allotments, if any.

     The  Company  expects  to effect a ___ -  for-_____  stock  split  prior to
closing of the offering.

OUR BUSINESS

     InforMax is a leading global provider of bioinformatic  software  solutions
for the analysis and interpretation of genomic, proteomic and other biomolecular
data. Since we introduced our Vector NTI Suite of desktop  applications in 1993,
we have sold our products to over 1,300 organizations worldwide,  including over
500 biotechnology,  pharmaceutical and  agricultural-life  science companies and
over 800 academic and government research institutions. Our customers, including
organizations such as Merck & Company,  Genzyme  Corporation,  Proctor & Gamble,
Johnson  &  Johnson,   Bristol-Myers  Squibb,   Pfizer,   AstraZeneca,   Diversa
Corporation,   Novartis  Agribusiness   Biotechnology  Research,  the  Whitehead
Institute  for  Biomedical  Research,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,
University of Tokyo and the National  Institutes of Health, rely on our software
products to achieve greater research productivity.

     Our  principal  software  products  are our  Vector  NTI Suite for  desktop
computers  and our more  powerful and  expensive  GenoMax  enterprise  computing
platform.  Driven  primarily  by  increased  sales of  Vector  NTI Suite and the
introduction  of GenoMax in late 1998, our products and  complementary  services
generated  $10 million in revenues in 1999,  representing  a four-year  compound
annual  growth  rate of 105%,  and a 143%  increase  over 1998.  Building on our
existing market  penetration,  we intend to grow our business through  increased
software  sales  and add new  revenue  through  professional  services,  content
channeling and distribution  alliances and e-commerce offerings.  As of June 30,
2000,  we employed  172 people,  including a sales and  marketing  team of 45, a
research and product  development team of 84 and an  implementation  and support
staff of 17.

     Bioinformatic  software  applications,  combined with automated  laboratory
research techniques, enable researchers to efficiently organize, share, analyze,
and interpret  genomic,  proteomic,  and other  biomolecular data. Genomic data,
including  DNA  sequences  and genes,  and  proteomic  data,  including  protein
function,  expression  and  interaction,  form  the  genetic  blueprint  for all
organisms.   Bioinformatics  is  a  key  enabling  technology  representing  the
convergence   of  molecular   biology,   information   technology  and  Internet
communications.

OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITY

     Around the world,  researchers  in industry,  academia,  and government are
producing  vast  quantities  of data related to DNA sequence and gene  function,
genetic  variation,  gene expression,  protein  sequence,  protein structure and
interactions and cell processes. In June


                                       3
<PAGE>

2000, the Human Genome Project and Celera Genomics  jointly  announced that they
had  assembled the world's first working draft of the entire human genetic code,
consisting of approximately  3.12 billion chemical bases, the subunits that make
up DNA. A central problem now facing researchers is how to organize,  integrate,
analyze,  visualize and interpret these complex and rapidly growing data sets to
achieve   breakthroughs   in  disease   diagnosis,   treatment  and  prevention,
agricultural  production,  environmental management and industrial processes. We
believe that the current and future markets for bioinformatic  software products
include all of the industries participating in the genomic revolution:

      o  Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology Companies;

      o  Academic and Government Research Institutions;

      o  Agricultural, Environmental and Industrial Biotechnology Companies; and

      o  Emerging Clinical Genomics Companies.

An independent  industry report estimates that customer  spending on third party
bioinformatic  software and data  content was $290  million in 1998,  growing to
$1.2  billion  in 2005.  Given the  broad  opportunities  created  by the use of
genomic,   proteomic  and  other  biomolecular  data,  and  the  efficiency  and
productivity  gains that can be  achieved  through  bioinformatic  software,  we
believe that the market for our software solutions will continue to increase.

OUR SOLUTION

     In  response  to  the  challenges and market opportunities presented by the
genomic  revolution,  we  develop  and  deliver  to our customers a portfolio of
proprietary  bioinformatic  software  products  and  complementary services. Our
software  products are flexible, scalable and are designed to integrate with one
another.  Our  software  allows researchers to incorporate, directly, or through
the  Internet, customer and third party analytical algorithms and data sets. Our
current and announced product portfolio includes:

   o  Vector  NTI  Suite,  a  comprehensive   desktop   sequence   analysis  and
      visualization  tool for the  laboratory  scientist  engaged in genomic and
      protein sequence research.

   o  Vector   Enterprise,   an   enhancement  to  the  Vector  NTI  Suite  that
      incorporates  a common  relational  database,  allowing  multiple users to
      share  data and  results in a secure  environment.  Vector  Enterprise  is
      scheduled for commercial launch in the third quarter of 2000.

   o  GenoMax, a large-scale  modular,  enterprise-wide data mining and analysis
      application  designed  for a  coordinated  effort  by a  diverse  team  of
      scientists within or across commercial,  academic or government   research
      institutions.  As of June 30, 2000,  16  organizations  engaged in genomic
      research have purchased GenoMax.

OUR ADVANTAGES

     We  believe  that our competitive strengths position us to continue to be a
global leader in bioinformatic software solutions:

     o    Superior products and a broad product portfolio;

     o    Superior bioinformatic engineering staff;

     o    Large existing customer franchise;

     o    Vector NTI Suite's market penetration, which creates opportunities for
          new products and business lines; and

     o    Superior sales and marketing capabilities.


                                       4
<PAGE>

OUR STRATEGY

     Our  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  provider of bioinformatic software
solutions  and  establish  our  products  as  the  effective  industry standard.
Elements of our strategy to achieve these goals include:

     o    Expand our customer franchise through sales of Vector NTI Suite;

     o    Build on Vector NTI Suite's market penetration to establish GenoMax as
          the leading enterprise platform;

     o    Leverage  our  customer  base  for  new  business   lines,   including
          professional  services,  content channeling and distribution alliances
          and e-commerce opportunities;

     o    Enhance and expand our technology;

     o    Establish strategic relationships to maximize our revenues; and

     o    Engage in acquisitions and strategic investments.

OUR OFFICES

     InforMax,  Inc. was  incorporated  in Delaware in May 1990.  Our  principal
office is located at 6010  Executive  Blvd.,  10th  Floor,  Rockville,  Maryland
20852.   Our   telephone   number   is   (301)   984-2206.    Our   website   is
www.informaxinc.com.  The  information  found on our website is not part of this
prospectus.


                             --------------------

     The  marks  InforMax  &  Double  Helix Design and Vector NTI are registered
trademarks  of  InforMax,  Inc.  InforMax,  InforMax's Double Helix Logo Design,
AlignX,  BioPlot,  GenoMax, ContigExpress, High-Throughput Research and Software
Solution  for  Bio-Medicine,  are  each  trademarks  of  InforMax, Inc. and U.S.
trademark  applications  for  these  marks  have  been filed. Vector Enterprise,
Vector  NTI  Suite,  and Dynamic License Server are trademarks of InforMax, Inc.
All other product, service, and company names are trademarks of other parties.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                 THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Common stock offered by us .................................   __________ shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering .........   __________ shares
Use of proceeds ............................................   We will use the net proceeds
                                                               of this offering for working
                                                               capital and other general
                                                               corporate purposes.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol .....................   "INMX"
</TABLE>

     The  above  information  is  based on our shares outstanding as of June 30,
2000 and excludes:

     o    8,038,996  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of common  stock  options
          outstanding,  including  2,753,096  issued under our equity  incentive
          compensation  plan at a weighted  average exercise price of $0.669 per
          share as of June 30, 2000;

     o    an aggregate of 812,272 shares  reserved for future issuance under our
          equity incentive compensation plan; and

     o    outstanding warrants to purchase 24,000 shares of our common stock.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                  SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The  following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated financial and
certain  operating  data for the periods presented. The information in the table
should  be  read together with our consolidated financial statements and related
notes  and  with  "Selected  Financial  Data"  and  "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere
in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                1995      1996       1997         1998          1999
                                             ---------- -------- ------------ ------------ -------------

                                                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<S>                                          <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Software license and customer support        $  166    $  382    $  1,335     $  2,732     $   7,278
  Professional services ....................      403       636         867        1,394         2,737
                                               ------    ------    --------     --------     ---------
   Total revenues ..........................      569     1,018       2,202        4,126        10,015

Gross profit ...............................      405       690       1,448        2,855         7,998
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative ......      195       507       1,075        2,476         7,000
  Research and development .................      165       161         365        1,162         2,597
  Stock based compensation .................       22                   211           18           138
  Depreciation and amortization ............       --         3          18           94           272
                                               ------    ------    --------     --------     ---------
   Total operating expenses ................      382       671       1,669        3,750        10,007
Income (loss) from operations ..............       23        19        (221)        (895)       (2,009)
Net income (loss) ..........................   $   22    $    4    $   (134)    $   (567)    $  (1,315)
Net income (loss) applicable to common
  shares ...................................   $   22    $    4    $   (134)    $   (567)    $  (1,491)

Basic net income (loss) applicable per
  common share .............................   $ 0.01    $   --   $   (0.07)   $   (0.26)    $   (0.64)

Diluted net income (loss) applicable per
  common share .............................   $ 0.01    $   --   $   (0.07)   $   (0.26)    $   (0.64)


<CAPTION>
                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31,
                                             --------------------------
                                                 1999          2000
                                             ------------ -------------

                                                    (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                          <C>          <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Software license and customer support        $  1,049     $   2,411
  Professional services ....................        541           797
                                               --------     ---------
   Total revenues ..........................      1,590     $   3,208
Gross profit ...............................      1,176         2,683
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative ......      1,088         3,424
  Research and development .................        485           961
  Stock based compensation .................         17           556
  Depreciation and amortization ............         41           148
                                               --------     ---------
   Total operating expenses ................      1,631         5,089
Income (loss) from operations ..............       (455)       (2,406)
Net income (loss) ..........................   $   (337)    $  (2,450)
Net income (loss) applicable to common
  shares ...................................   $   (337)    $  (2,534)
Basic net income (loss) applicable per
  common share .............................  $   (0.15)    $   (1.01)
Diluted net income (loss) applicable per
  common share .............................  $   (0.15)    $   (1.01)

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     Following is certain supplemental information for the periods presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                1995      1996       1997         1998          1999
                                             ---------- -------- ------------ ------------ -------------

                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF VECTOR NTI SUITE
                                                  LICENSES BOOKED AND NUMBER OF GENOMAX SALES BOOKED)

<S>                                          <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue Bookings.............................  $  569   $  1,033    $ 2,575      $ 5,571      $ 10,087

No. of Vector NTI Licenses Booked
   (cumulative)..............................

No. of Genomax Sales Booked (cumulative).....      --         --         --            2             8


<CAPTION>
                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31,
                                             --------------------------
                                                 1999          2000
                                             ------------ -------------

                                                    (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                          <C>          <C>
Revenue Bookings............................  $ 1,598       $ 4,107

No. of Vector NTI Licenses Booked
    (cumulative)............................

No. of Genomax Sales Booked (cumulative)....        3            10

</TABLE>

     Revenue bookings represent all invoiced sales of products and services.




                                       7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AS OF MARCH 31, 2000
                                                        -------------------------------------------

                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                       PRO FORMA AS
                                                            ACTUAL       PRO FORMA       ADJUSTED
                                                        -------------   -----------   -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ...........................     $    889
Working capital (deficit) ...........................         (113)
Total assets ........................................        8,296
Total debt ..........................................       (2,611)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock ..............        4,179
Common stock and additional paid-in capital .........        2,534
Stockholders' equity (deficit) ......................       (3,066)
</TABLE>

     See  our  consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in
this  prospectus  for a description of the computation of the historical and pro
forma  net loss per common share and the number of shares used in the historical
and  pro forma per share calculations in the statement of operations data above.

     The  balance  sheet  data  above  sets  forth a summary of our consolidated
balance sheet at March 31, 2000:

     o    on an actual basis;

     o    on a pro forma  basis to give effect to the ___ for ___ stock split to
          be  effected  on  ________,  2000,  the  automatic  conversion  of all
          outstanding shares of our redeemable  convertible preferred stock into
          common stock upon the closing of this offering,  and the conversion of
          the  outstanding  nonvoting  common stock into shares of voting common
          stock upon the closing of this offering; and

     o    on a pro  forma as  adjusted  basis to give  effect to the ___ for ___
          stock split to be effected prior to the closing of this offering,  the
          automatic  conversion  of all  outstanding  shares  of our  redeemable
          convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this
          offering,  the conversion of the  outstanding  nonvoting  common stock
          into shares of voting common stock upon the closing of this  offering,
          and our  receipt  of the  estimated  net  proceeds  from  the  sale of
          ________ shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
          public  offering price of $____ per share (after  deducting  estimated
          underwriting  discounts and  commissions  and our  estimated  offering
          expenses).


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

     You  should carefully consider the following risks before you decide to buy
our  common  stock.  Our business, financial condition and operating results may
suffer  if  any  of  the events described in the following risk factors actually
occur.  We  may  encounter  additional  risks  that we are not currently able to
identify.  These  may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or
operating  results.  If  any  of the events we have identified, or those that we
cannot  currently  identify,  occur, the trading price of our common stock could
decline,  and  you  may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common
stock in this offering.

                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

THE  MARKET  FOR BIOINFORMATIC PRODUCTS AND SERVICES RELATED TO GENOMIC RESEARCH
IS  SUBJECT  TO  RAPID  TECHNOLOGICAL  CHANGE  AND  WE MUST KEEP PACE WITH THESE
CHANGES IN ORDER TO BE COMPETITIVE.

     The  market for our products and services has undergone, and is expected to
continue  to confront, rapid technological change. In order for us to maintain a
competitive  position  in  our industry and develop and market products that are
attractive to customers, our efforts must include:

     o    the  continued  enhancement  and  expansion  of the  functions  of our
          existing products; and

     o    the  development  and  introduction  of  new  software   products  and
          complementary   services  that  meet  evolving   customer   needs  and
          preferences and incorporate new technologies.

Our  products  and  services  may  not  be  able to keep pace with technological
change.  The  technological  life  cycles  of our products or particular product
versions  are  difficult to estimate. We may not be able to identify in a timely
manner  important  evolving  industry  standards  and  may  invest  considerable
resources  in technologies that rapidly become obsolete. Our products or product
versions  may  also  become  obsolete  due  to  our competitors' introduction of
products  or services containing advanced technology and functions. If we do not
keep  pace with technological change and fail to develop, market and deliver new
products  or product versions in a timely manner, we could lose market share and
our business would be seriously harmed.

IF   WE  ARE  UNABLE  TO  ESTABLISH  OUR  GENOMAX  BRAND,  AND  INCREASE  MARKET
PENETRATION  FOR  OUR VECTOR NTI SUITE BRAND, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN AND
EXPAND OUR EXISTING BASE OF CUSTOMERS AND STRATEGIC PARTNERS.

     We  believe  that  the  development  of  a  strong  brand  identity for our
products  and  services,  particularly for our newer GenoMax enterprise product,
will  be  critical  to  our  ability  to retain and attract customers as well as
strategic  partners  who can assist us in promoting our products. The reputation
of  our  brands  will  largely  depend  on  our ability to provide high quality,
user-friendly  software  products and complementary services that meet the needs
of  the  genomic research community. Promotion and enhancement of our brand will
also  depend upon the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising efforts. If
we  do  not  successfully  develop  a strong brand identity for our products and
services,  we  may  not  be  able  to retain or expand our base of customers and
strategic  partners,  which  would  adversely  affect  our ability to achieve or
sustain revenue growth and profitability.

WE  MUST  RETAIN,  AND  EXPAND UPON, OUR EXISTING CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS AND ADD
NEW CUSTOMERS IN ORDER TO GROW OUR REVENUES AND ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY.

     In   order   to  generate  additional  revenues  sufficient  to  offset  an
anticipated  significant  increase  in  our  expenses, we must obtain additional
customers  and retain, and expand upon, our existing customer relationships. Our
ability  to  retain  existing  customers  and add new customers depends upon our
successful  development  of  new  products  and  services  that  respond  to the
evolving  needs  of  the  genomic  research  community.  These  goals  are  also
significantly  dependent upon the success of our sales and marketing efforts. We
cannot  assure  you  that  our  products and services will gain increased market
acceptance.  Much  of  our expectation for future growth is based upon growth in
our sales of


                                       9
<PAGE>

enterprise-wide  software products. Since its commercial launch in late 1998, we
have  entered  into  agreements  with 16  customers  for our GenoMax  enterprise
platform. We are scheduled to commercially release our Vector Enterprise product
in the third  quarter of 2000.  Our failure to add  customers or expand upon our
existing  relationships with customers,  particularly for our GenoMax enterprise
product, would significantly harm our ability to generate revenue and to achieve
profitability.  In addition,  we expect to derive a  significant  portion of our
professional  services  revenue via  subcontracts to contracts with the National
Center  for  Biotechnology  Information  (NCBI) at the  National  Institutes  of
Health, the continuation of which subcontracts cannot be assured.

OUR  PRODUCT  DEVELOPMENT  EFFORTS  AND  BUSINESS PROSPECTS SIGNIFICANTLY DEPEND
UPON  THE RETENTION AND EXPANSION OF OUR RESEARCH AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT GROUP.

     Our  current and future business prospects are significantly dependent upon
our  ability  to  retain  and  expand  upon  our  current  research  and product
development  group.  The  number  of  technical personnel with experience in the
field  of  bioinformatics  is limited and competition for qualified employees is
intense.  We  may not be successful in retaining existing technical employees or
recruiting  and training additional skilled personnel. The loss of a significant
number  of employees in our research and product development group, occurring at
one  instance  or  over  a  period  of  time,  could  seriously harm our product
development  efforts  and  could  cause us to incur significant costs associated
with  any  resulting  litigation  or  dispute  arising  in  connection  with the
protection of our proprietary information.

OUR  FUTURE  REVENUES  AND  PROFITABILITY MAY DEPEND UPON OUR ABILITY TO DEVELOP
STRATEGIC   RELATIONSHIPS  AND  COLLABORATIONS  WITH  LARGER  ORGANIZATIONS  AND
PROVIDERS OF COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.

     A   component   of   our   business   strategy   is  to  develop  strategic
relationships,  including  co-marketing  arrangements,  content  channeling  and
distribution   alliances,  e-commerce  offerings  and  Internet-hosted  delivery
partnerships.  We  believe  that  through  relationships  with  selected genomic
content  providers,  third party information technology vendors, reagent vendors
and  application  service  providers,  we  can  add revenues and increase market
awareness  and  acceptance  of  our  products.  To  date, we have entered into a
limited  number of these strategic relationships with providers of complementary
products  and  services.  We  may  not  be  successful  in developing additional
strategic  relationships  on  terms  favorable  to us, if at all. Even if we are
able  to  establish such relationships, we may not gain additional revenues, our
products  and services may not achieve broad market acceptance, and we may incur
significant  costs  and  harm  to  our industry reputation as a result of failed
alliances.  If  we are unable to successfully develop these relationships, or if
these  relationships  do  not  yield  the  results we anticipate, our ability to
achieve profitability could be materially harmed.

WE  HAVE  INCURRED  OPERATING  LOSSES  IN  THE PAST, RESULTING IN AN ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT, AND WE MAY NOT ACHIEVE OR MAINTAIN PROFITABILITY IN THE FUTURE.

     We  have  incurred operating losses in most periods since our inception. We
incurred  net  losses  of approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December
31,  1998  and  approximately $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1999.
As  of  March  31,  2000,  we  had  an accumulated deficit of approximately $4.6
million.  We  expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future.
The  extent  of  our  future  losses  will  depend,  in part, on the rate of our
revenue  growth,  if  any,  and  the  level of our expenses. We expect to invest
substantial   financial  and  other  resources  to  develop  and  introduce  new
products,  product  versions  and  services,  expand  each  of  our research and
product  development  and  sales  and marketing groups, and consider appropriate
acquisitions  and  strategic  relationships.  As  a  result,  we expect that our
expenses  will  increase  significantly.  We  will,  therefore, need to generate
significant  additional  revenue  to achieve profitability. We cannot assure you
that  we  will  be  able  to  generate sufficient additional revenues to achieve
profitability.  Even if we are able to achieve profitability, we may not be able
to  sustain  profitability  on a quarterly or annual basis. If we cannot achieve
and  maintain  profitability,  the market price of our common stock could suffer
and you could lose all or part of your investment.


                                       10
<PAGE>

WE  DEPEND  ON  OUR  KEY  PERSONNEL  AND  THE  LOSS  OF  THEIR  SERVICES  OR THE
DEVELOPMENT  OF  SUBSTANTIAL  EXTERNAL TIME COMMITMENTS WOULD IMPAIR OUR ABILITY
TO COMPETE.

     Our  business  is  substantially dependent on the performance of our senior
management  and key employees, including those named in the "Management" section
of  this  prospectus.  We carry key person life insurance on only Dr. Titomirov,
our  Chief  Executive Officer, and Dr. Babenko, our Chief Technology Officer. In
addition,  we  have  employment  agreements  with  only  Mr.  Lehnen,  our Chief
Financial  Officer, and Mr. Sullivan, our Senior Vice President of Marketing and
Sales.  The  loss  of the services of any member of our senior management or key
personnel  may significantly delay or prevent the implementation of our business
strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

     Our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Dr.  Titomirov, is also the chairman and a
significant  stockholder  of  an  unrelated  company,  RealTimeHealth.com,  Inc.
("RTH").  RTH  is  currently  a  development stage company that intends to allow
health  care  consumers  to  establish  individual baseline genetic profiles and
then  monitor  them  for  a pattern variance over time through the Internet. RTH
intends  to  hire  and  is  currently  seeking  a  chief  executive officer. Dr.
Titomirov  currently  anticipates  that  his  duties  as chairman of RTH will be
limited  to  setting  its  strategic direction and being involved in fundamental
decisions  and  activities  of  the  board of directors generally. Although Dr.
Titomirov  has informed us that he currently intends to devote substantially all
of  his  time  to his duties as our Chief Executive Officer, he does not have an
employment  agreement  with  us, and there could be periods where his activities
with  RTH  substantially  reduce the time devoted to our operations, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business.

     Our  future  success will also depend upon our ability to identify, recruit
and  retain  additional  qualified  managerial  personnel.  There is currently a
shortage  of  skilled  executives  and  competition  for  such  personnel in our
industry  is  intense.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and
retain  personnel with the advanced qualifications necessary for the development
of  our  business. The inability to attract and retain such personnel could have
a material adverse effect upon our business.

WE  EXPECT  OUR  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TO VARY FROM QUARTER TO QUARTER IN FUTURE
PERIODS, WHICH COULD CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO FLUCTUATE OR DECLINE.

     We  anticipate  that  our  operating  results will fluctuate on a quarterly
basis  as  a  result  of  a  number of factors, many of which are outside of our
control.  Factors  that may cause our quarterly results to fluctuate include the
following:

     o    the seasonal  fluctuations of software  procurement,  particularly for
          bioinformatics software;

     o    the timing of, commencement,  delay, cancellation or completion of our
          software   licensing   agreements,    strategic    relationships   and
          professional service activities,  including  installation and software
          customization;

     o    the timing of license,  royalty and other payments  received under our
          agreements;

     o    the  introduction  or  cancellation of products and services by us and
          our competitors;

     o    the timing of expenses associated with increased product  development,
          expanded sales and marketing  efforts,  and acquisitions and strategic
          investments; and

     o    the number and timing of orders for our  GenoMax  enterprise  product,
          which can have a  significant  effect  on  revenues  for a  particular
          quarter.

     In addition,  the manner in which we recognize revenue,  in accordance with
the generally accepted accounting principles,  may cause our quarterly operating
results to fluctuate substantially.  In accordance with these principles, we may
be required to defer all or a portion of the revenue  from some of our  software
licenses sold in a particular  quarter to a later quarter.  Expenses  associated
with  software  licenses  are not  typically so  deferred.  For our  maintenance
contracts and professional  services,  we typically  recognize revenues over the
term of the contract.  As a result of these practices,  our quarterly  operating
results may vary significantly.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     As  a  result  of  the  academic  calendar, European business practices and
commercial   information   technology   procurement   practices,   we  generally
experience  a  significant  reduction  in  sales  in  the  third quarter of each
calendar  year which typically results in a corresponding reduction in operating
revenues.  See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results  of Operations" for a further discussion of quarterly fluctuation in our
operating results.

     Due  to  the  factors  described  above  and  other risks discussed in this
prospectus,  you  should  not  rely  upon quarterly comparisons of our financial
results.  These  comparisons  are  not  necessarily  meaningful  nor  are they a
reliable  indicator  of  our  future performance. As a result of fluctuations in
our  quarterly  results,  the market price of our common stock may be subject to
significant fluctuation and volatility.


CONSUMMATING  THE  SALE  OF MANY OF OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES INVOLVES A LENGTHY
SALES CYCLE, WHICH MAKES OUR REVENUES DIFFICULT TO PREDICT.


     The  sales  cycle  for  our enterprise software solutions, on which much of
our  expectations  for  future  growth  are  based,  is  a  lengthy and involved
process.  We  may  expend  substantial  effort and resources while marketing our
products  to potential customers. Our sales cycle is typically long for a number
of reasons, including:

     o    the decision to license and deploy  enterprise-wide  software,  by its
          nature, is an organization-wide  procurement decision, often requiring
          an  evaluation by a significant  number of  constituencies  in various
          functional  and  geographic  areas,  each often  having  specific  and
          possibly conflicting requirements; and

     o    the  significant  resources that are committed to an evaluation of our
          software solutions by a potential customer  organization require us to
          expend  substantial  time,  effort and money  educating them about the
          value and comparative advantages of our products.

In  addition, our agreements with customers and strategic partners often contain
terms  that  are  unique  to  that  customer  or  partner  and require extensive
negotiation.  We  may  expend  substantial  funds  and effort to negotiate these
agreements,  but  may  ultimately be unable to consummate a sale of our products
and  services.  As  a  result,  predicting the timing and amount of our sales is
difficult.  Our  inability  to  complete  one or more enterprise-wide sales in a
particular  quarter  or  calendar  year  could  materially  adversely affect our
business  and  would  contribute  to our operating results varying significantly
from quarter to quarter.

ANY  FAILURE TO ADEQUATELY SAFEGUARD OUR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGIES COULD HARM OUR
COMPETITIVE POSITION.

     We  currently  rely  upon a combination of trademark, patent, copyright and
trade  secret laws, employee and third party non-disclosure agreements and other
contracts  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights.  Our  efforts  to  protect our
intellectual  property  may  be  inadequate.  We may be unable to prevent others
from  offering products and services substantially similar to ours. Our business
may  also  suffer as a result of the misappropriation of, and other unauthorized
access,  or  use  of,  our proprietary technologies. Moreover, third parties may
claim  that  our  current  or  future products or product versions infringe upon
their  intellectual  property.  As a result of a third party's claim that we are
infringing  their  intellectual  property  or  our  claim  that a third party is
infringing  our  intellectual  property, litigation could arise. Litigation with
respect  to  intellectual  property  could  be  a significant distraction to our
management  efforts,  and  we may incur significant costs, including the payment
of  any  damages  awarded.  In  the  event that it is determined that one of our
products  or product versions infringe upon another's proprietary rights, we may
be  required to obtain a license in order to continue selling our products. Such
a  license may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. Our success
also  depends  in part on our ability to secure and maintain adequate protection
of  our  intellectual  property  for  our  technologies  and  products  in other
countries.  The laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights
to  the  same  extent  as  the  laws  of  the  United States, and many companies
engaging  in  international  business have encountered considerable difficulties
in safeguarding their proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions.


                                       12
<PAGE>

OUR  BUSINESS  IS  DEPENDENT  UPON THE SECURE OPERATION OF OUR COMPUTER SOFTWARE
AND RELATED TOOLS AND FUNCTIONS.

     Our  software  facilitates  collaboration among researchers and the sharing
of  research  results.  If  there  is  a  breach  of  security  functions in our
software,  researchers' proprietary work product and data may be compromised and
our  customers  would  lose  confidence  in  our  software. We may be exposed to
considerable  liability  as  a  result of defects or breaches of security in our
products.


WE  MAY  NOT  BE  ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE OUR GROWTH, AND FUTURE GROWTH COULD
SIGNIFICANTLY STRAIN OUR EXISTING RESOURCES.

     In recent years, we have experienced  significant growth in the size of our
customer base and the scope of our products and services.  We also have expanded
and intend to continue to expand our research and product development, marketing
and sales, and professional services  organizations.  These factors have placed,
and will continue to place, a significant  strain on our management  systems and
resources.  As a result of this offering, we will become a public company, which
will place additional  strain on our  administrative,  financial and operational
systems.  Our  ability to manage our growth  effectively  will  depend  upon the
ability of our officers and key  employees to continue to implement  and improve
our  operational,  administrative  and financial  control systems and to expand,
train and manage our  workforce.  Historically,  we have  focused a  significant
portion of our resources on the sale and  development of our Vector NTI Suite of
desktop products.  We are currently  seeking to increase market  penetration and
brand recognition of our GenoMax enterprise  software platform and,  accordingly
are devoting an increasing portion of our resources to GenoMax related marketing
and sales and professional  services efforts.  We may not be able to efficiently
manage the above  transitions.  Failure to manage our growth  effectively  could
affect our ability to retain and add customers and strategic  partners and would
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

WE SIGNIFICANTLY  DEPEND UPON HOLDERS OF H-1B  NON-IMMIGRANT  VISAS TO STAFF OUR
RESEARCH  AND PRODUCT  DEVELOPMENT  TEAM AND OUR  BUSINESS  WOULD BE AFFECTED BY
CHANGES IN U.S. IMMIGRATION LAW.

     We  recruit professionals for our research and product development group on
an  international basis and, therefore, must comply with the immigration laws in
the  relevant  countries,  particularly  the United States. The vast majority of
our  research and product development team are citizens of other countries, with
most  of  those  working  in  the  U.S.  under  H-1B  temporary visas. Under the
American  Competitiveness  and  Workforce  Improvement  Act  of 1988, there is a
statutory  limit  of  115,000  new  H-1B visas that may be issued in fiscal year
2000  with such limit decreasing to 107,500 in 2001 and to 65,000 in fiscal year
2002  and  thereafter.  In  any  year  in which this limit is reached, we may be
unable  to  obtain  a sufficient number of H-1B visas to employ those persons we
would  like  to  add  to  our  research and product development group. If we are
unable  to  obtain H1-B visas for our employees in sufficient quantities or in a
timely  manner,  our  product  development  efforts  could  be  hampered and our
business,   operating  results  and  financial  condition  could  be  materially
adversely  affected.  Any  changes in such laws making it more difficult to hire
foreign  nationals or limiting our ability to retain existing foreign employees,
could  require  us  to  incur additional unexpected labor costs and expenses and
could hamper product enhancement and expansion efforts.

IF  WE ENGAGE IN ANY ACQUISITIONS OR STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS, WE MAY INCUR CERTAIN
COSTS,  STRAIN  OUR  RESOURCES  AND  ENCOUNTER  OTHER RISKS THAT COULD ADVERSELY
AFFECT OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS.

     We  will  consider  acquiring  businesses, technologies or products that we
believe  are  a  strategic  fit  with  our business and strategy. If appropriate
opportunities  become  available,  we  could  issue additional equity securities
that  would dilute current stockholders' ownership, or incur substantial debt to
finance  such  transactions.  Methods of financing any acquisitions or strategic
investments  could  result  in  a  negative  impact  on our business, results of
operation  and  financial  condition.  We  may have difficulties integrating the
businesses,  products,  technologies or personnel involved in any acquisition or
strategic   investment.  Our  integration  efforts  may  result  in  significant
expenditures of operating,


                                       13
<PAGE>

financial  and  management  resources that could materially and adversely affect
our  business.  Acquisitions  involve many other risks, including potential loss
of  key  employees  or customers, the assumption of significant liabilities, and
the  amortization of the intangible assets of acquired companies. As a result of
these  and other risks, any acquisitions or strategic investments may ultimately
have  a  negative  impact  on  our  business, results of operation and financial
condition.

PRODUCT  DEFECTS  OR  MALFUNCTIONS COULD HURT OUR INDUSTRY REPUTATION AND EXPOSE
US TO LIABILITY.

     Our  business  and  the  level  of customer acceptance of our bioinformatic
software  products  are  significantly  dependent upon the continuous, effective
and   reliable  operation  of  our  computer  software  and  related  tools  and
functions.  To  the extent that our software malfunctions and our customers' use
of  our  products  is  interrupted,  our  reputation  and business could suffer.
Software  defects  could  be found in current or future products. We may also be
subject  to  defects  and  malfunctions  of  third party technology partners and
others  with  whom  our products and services interoperate. We cannot assure you
that  we  will not be exposed to liability for defects or errors associated with
products  and  data  whose  sale we facilitate. Any such litigation could divert
resources  and  management's  attention from our business strategy and adversely
affect our business.

WE  MAY  REQUIRE  ADDITIONAL  FUNDING  TO EXECUTE OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY AND THAT
FUNDING MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE ON TERMS ACCEPTABLE TO US, IF AT ALL.

     We  expect  that  the  proceeds from this offering and our existing capital
resources  will  be  sufficient  to  satisfy our operating plans for the next 24
months.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we will not require additional financing
during  this  period. We may satisfy any additional capital needs through public
or  private  equity offerings, debt financings and other means. If we raise such
financing  through  the issuance of additional equity securities, your ownership
will  be diluted. We may not be able to obtain additional financing when we need
capital  on  terms  favorable  to  us,  if  at  all.  If  we  cannot obtain such
financing,  we may be required to curtail certain marketing and sales activities
and certain product development efforts.

                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

THE  BIOINFORMATIC  PRODUCTS  AND  SERVICES  MARKET IS INTENSELY COMPETITIVE AND
EVOLVING.

     We  face,  and  expect  to continue to face, intense competition from third
party  commercial  software  vendors, bioinformatics developers and academic and
government  research  institutions  that  are  either  currently  providing,  or
pursuing,  technologies  and  products that are similar to our own. We also face
significant  competition from the internal bioinformatics departments of some of
our  customers  and  organizations  that are potential customers of our products
and  services.  Our  customers  and  potential customers, including providers of
genomic   and  proteomic  data,  may  elect  to  internally  develop  their  own
bioinformatic  software.  Potential  customers for our products may be unwilling
to  abandon  their  prior  internal  efforts  to look to an outside, third party
source  to  provide  their bioinformatic solutions. We may also face competition
from  organizations  engaging in the provision of Internet-hosted, bioinformatic
software,  as  well  as companies facilitating Internet-based e-commerce between
participants  in  our  industry.  We  cannot  assure you that we will be able to
compete  successfully  with  the  organizations described above in the market to
provide bioinformatic products and related services.

     Many  of  our  competitors  have  longer operating histories, stronger name
recognition   and  significantly  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing
resources  than  us.  As  a  result  of these advantages, our competitors may be
better  able  to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and better positioned to
respond  to changes in customer preference or technology. To remain competitive,
we  believe that we must continue to expand and enhance the functionality of our
bioinformatic  software  products and respond timely and effectively to evolving
industry  standards or technology. Our competitors may develop technologies that
are  superior  to  ours.  We  cannot  assure you that technology developments by
others,  including  our  customers  and potential customers, will not render our
products and services obsolete or noncompetitive.


                                       14
<PAGE>

IF  THE  USE OF GENOMIC INFORMATION DOES NOT OCCUR AS WE EXPECT, OUR GROWTH WILL
BE SIGNIFICANTLY HAMPERED.

     The  application  of genomic  information  to  pharmaceutical  discoveries,
agricultural production, environmental management and industrial processes is an
evolving  and  unproven   practice.   Few  products  have  been   developed  and
commercialized  resulting  from  recent  genomic  discoveries.  If  our  current
customers and potential  customers are unable to utilize genomic  information in
their  discovery  and  development  efforts,  the current  target market for our
products or services will not materialize,  which would materially and adversely
affect our business.


THE  SALE OF OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES IS SUBJECT TO THE INDUSTRY RISKS FACED BY
OUR   CUSTOMERS  AND  POTENTIAL  CUSTOMERS,  INCLUDING  THE  PHARMACEUTICAL  AND
BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES.


     Sales  of  our  products  and  services are subject to all of the risks and
uncertainties  of  our customers, including those that affect the pharmaceutical
and  biotechnology  industries.  Sale of our products and services may encounter
difficulties  as  a  result  of  any  reduction  or  delay  in  the research and
development  expenditures  of our customers' industries. Sales to NCBI and other
government   institutions   are   subject   to   changes   in   public  funding.
Pharmaceutical  and biotechnology industries have been subject to an increase in
governmental  regulations  and  reform  proposals  in recent years. We currently
derive,  and  expect  for  the  foreseeable  future  to  continue  to  derive, a
significant   portion   of   our   revenues   from   customers  engaged  in  the
pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  industries.  Our  sales  may  indirectly  be
affected  by changes in government regulation covering such customers, including
regulation  relating  to  drug  development,  genomic research, genetic testing,
healthcare  reform and the sale of products and transfer of healthcare data over
the Internet.

THE  PRODUCTS  AND  THE  ACTIVITIES  OF OUR CUSTOMERS MAY BE SUBJECT TO CHANGING
REGULATION  THAT  COULD  ADVERSELY  AFFECT  GENOMIC  RESEARCH  AND REDUCE MARKET
DEMAND FOR OUR PRODUCTS.

     Because our  customers' products potentially touch on areas involving human
health, they are affected by current or future government regulation,  including
regulation  by the U.S.  Food and Drug  Administration.  Recently,  the  Clinton
administration  proposed legislation  regarding oversight of the sale of medical
products  over the Internet and  announced  its  intention to implement a set of
regulatory initiatives governing genetically  engineered  agricultural products.
In addition,  numerous laws covering genetic testing of humans,  the privacy and
security of human  genetic  information,  and the storage  and  transmission  of
individually identifiable health care information have been introduced or passed
at the state and  federal  levels.  As a result  of these and other  reform  and
regulatory  efforts,  governmental  involvement  in  those  industries  applying
genomic research may increase, affecting the operating environment for customers
and  potential  customers  in our  target  markets.  We cannot  assure  you that
customers and potential  customers for our  bioinformatic  software products and
related services will not curtail or defer technology investments in response to
the  proposal  or  institution  of these  governmental  efforts.  Moreover,  any
exposure by us to liability  or increased  government  scrutiny  resulting  from
regulatory or legal changes would distract the efforts of our  organization  and
require  us to spend  significant  time and  resources  in  connection  with any
resulting litigation or regulatory compliance.

CONSOLIDATION  WITHIN  THE  PHARMACEUTICAL AND BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES MAY HARM
OUR EFFORTS TO MARKET AND COMMERCIALIZE OUR BIOINFORMATIC SOFTWARE PRODUCTS.

     A  significant  portion of our customer base consists of pharmaceutical and
biotechnology  companies.  Mergers  between  large  multinational pharmaceutical
companies  have  accelerated in recent years. Continued consolidation within the
pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  industries may result in fewer customers for
our  products  and  services and greater competition between our competitors and
us.  If  one  of the parties to a consolidation uses the products or services of
our   competitors,   we  may  lose  existing  customers  as  a  result  of  such
consolidation.


                                       15
<PAGE>

WE  MAY  BE EXPOSED TO LIABILITY ASSOCIATED WITH CONTENT ERRORS IN DATABASES FOR
WHICH WE PROVIDE DELIVERY AND ANALYSIS TOOLS.

     We  intend to integrate data housed on public and private content databases
into  our  bioinformatic  software  products. We cannot assure you that we would
not  be  subject  to  claims of liability associated with damages resulting from
any  erroneous third party data that we integrate into our products or for which
we facilitate delivery and analysis, even if not integrated into our products.

OUR  BUSINESS  MAY  BE MATERIALLY AND ADVERSELY AFFECTED AS A RESULT OF ETHICAL,
LEGAL AND SOCIAL CONCERNS SURROUNDING THE USE OF GENOMIC INFORMATION.

     A  number  of  ethical, legal and social concerns, including issues related
to  privacy,  confidentiality  and  fairness,  have  arisen  as  a result of the
increased  availability  of genomic information. Government and private entities
are currently exploring issues, including:

     o    ownership and control of genomic information;

     o    definition of normal conditions, disabilities and disorders; and

     o    determination of access rights to resulting expensive technologies and
          responsibility for payment for such treatments.

As  a  result  of  these  and  numerous  other ethical, legal and social issues,
including  those  not  currently contemplated, government authorities may limit,
or   increasingly  regulate  biomolecular  research  and  the  use  of  products
resulting  from  such  research.  Such  restrictions  could reduce the number of
markets  and  potential  customers  for  our  products  and could materially and
adversely affect our business.

                        RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

OUR COMMON STOCK MAY HAVE A VOLATILE TRADING PRICE AFTER THIS OFFERING.

     Prior  to  this  offering,  our  common stock has not been sold in a public
market.  You will pay a price that we negotiated with the representatives of the
underwriters  based  on  a number of factors. The price you pay for our stock in
this  offering  may  be  different  from  a  price  established in a competitive
market.  After  this  offering,  an active trading market in our stock might not
develop.  If  an  active trading market does develop, it may not continue. If an
active  trading  market  does develop, the trading price of our common stock may
fluctuate  widely  as  a  result  of a large number of factors. In addition, the
stock  market  has  experienced  extreme price and volume fluctuations that have
affected  the  market  prices  of  many  companies  involved in the software and
biotechnology  industries,  which  have  often  been  unrelated to the operating
performance  of  these companies. Our stock price could fluctuate as a result of
these changing market conditions.

FUTURE  SALES  OF  SHARES  OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY CAUSE THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR
COMMON STOCK TO FALL.

     If  our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock,
including  shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants,
or  if  the  market perceives that such sales may occur, the market price of our
common  stock  may fall. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to
raise  funds  by  sales  of  equity  or  equity-related  securities or engage in
acquisitions  or  strategic  investments  at  a  time  and  price  that  we deem
appropriate.  After  this  offering, we will have outstanding          shares of
common  stock.  This  includes  the           shares of common stock that we are
selling  in  this  offering  and  which  may  be  resold  in  the  public market
immediately.  This  also includes approximately 6,823,545 shares of common stock
which  are not registered but which are eligible for sale, subject to compliance
with  Rule  144  or  Rule  701  under  the  Securities Act. While the holders of
           of   these   shares  are  subject  to  lock-up  agreements  with  the
underwriters  in  the  offering  for  180  days  after  the  date  of  the final
prospectus  for  the offering, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., in its sole discretion,
may  release  any  portion or all of these shares from the lock-up restrictions.
In  addition,  sales  of  a substantial number of shares could occur at any time
after  the  expiration of the 180-day period. Holders of 3,933,913 shares of our
common  stock,  or  warrants  exercisable  for our common stock, are entitled to
certain


                                       16
<PAGE>

registration  rights. If these holders, by exercising their registration rights,
cause  a  large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market,
these  sales  could  cause a decline in the market price of our common stock. If
we  were to include, in a registration statement initiated by us, shares held by
these  holders  in  accordance  with their registration rights, the inclusion of
such shares may reduce our ability to raise capital.


OUR  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  AND  DIRECTORS  AND  THEIR AFFILIATES WILL OWN A LARGE
PERCENTAGE  OF OUR COMMON STOCK FOLLOWING THE OFFERING AND WILL HAVE THE ABILITY
TO INFLUENCE DECISIONS THAT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK PRICE.

     Following   the  completion  of  this  offering,  our  executive  officers,
directors  and  their  affiliates will own approximately    % of the outstanding
shares  of  common  stock.  As  a  result,  these  stockholders  will be able to
substantially   influence   all  matters  requiring  stockholder  approval  and,
thereby,  our  management  and  affairs.  Matters  that will require stockholder
approval include:

     o    election of directors;

     o    approval of certain mergers or consolidations;

     o    sale of all or substantially all of our assets; and

     o    issuance  of large  amounts of our shares in private  transactions  or
          acquisitions.

     This  concentration  of  ownership  may  delay,  deter or prevent acts that
would  result  in a change of control of our company, which in turn could reduce
the  market  price  of our common stock. This concentration may also prevent new
investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

INVESTORS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE DILUTION OF THEIR
COMMON STOCK BASED ON ITS BOOK VALUE AFTER THE OFFERING.

     The  offering  price  will  be  substantially higher than the pro forma net
tangible  book  value  of  our common stock as of March 31, 2000. At the assumed
offering  price  of  $       per share, the pro forma net tangible book value of
the  common  stock  will  be $       per share. This represents an immediate and
substantial  dilution  per  share  of $       for investors purchasing shares in
this  offering.  The  dilution  per  share represents the difference between the
amount  per  share  paid  by  the  purchasers  of shares of common stock in this
offering  and  the  pro  forma net tangible book value per share of common stock
immediately  after  the  completion of this offering. In addition, to the extent
outstanding  options  or  warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution
to new investors.

OUR   CHARTER  AND  BYLAWS  AND  DELAWARE  LAW  CONTAIN  PROVISIONS  THAT  COULD
DISCOURAGE A TAKEOVER EVEN IF BENEFICIAL TO STOCKHOLDERS.

     Our  charter  and  our  bylaws,  and  portions  of  Delaware  law,  contain
provisions  that  could  make  it  more  difficult  for  a third party to obtain
control  of  InforMax, even if doing so would be beneficial to stockholders. For
example,  our  amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective
upon  the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors,
allows  the board of directors to expand its size and fill any vacancies without
stockholder  approval,  and  allows the board of directors to classify and issue
preferred  stock  without  stockholder approval. Our bylaws restrict the ability
of  stockholders  to  call  a  special  meeting  and  require  advance notice of
stockholder  proposals. Delaware law makes it difficult for us to be acquired by
a  significant  stockholder  that  is  not  approved  in advance by our board of
directors.

WE  WILL  RETAIN BROAD DISCRETION IN THE USE OF THE NET PROCEEDS WE RECEIVE FROM
THIS  OFFERING  AND  MAY  SPEND  A  SUBSTANTIAL  PORTION  IN WAYS WITH WHICH YOU
DISAGREE.

     We  will  retain a significant amount of discretion over the use of our net
proceeds  from  this  offering,  as well as over the timing of our expenditures.
Because  of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of
the  net  proceeds,  we  may  apply  the  net  proceeds  in  ways with which you
disagree.


                                       17
<PAGE>

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     We  make statements in this prospectus that are forward-looking statements.
These  statements  are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking
statements  are  generally accompanied by words such as "may," "will," "intend,"
"anticipate,"  "believe,"  "estimate," "expect," "should" or similar expressions
or  the  negative  of the expressions. These statements are only predictions and
actual  events  or  results  may differ materially. Although we believe that the
expectations  reflected  in  the  forward-looking  statements are reasonable, we
cannot   guarantee   future   results,   levels   of  activity,  performance  or
achievements.  You  should  understand that these forward-looking statements are
subject  to  a  number  of assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause
our  actual  results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the
forward-looking  statements.  Important  factors that could cause actual results
to  differ  materially  from  the  estimates  or  projections  we  make  in  our
forward-looking  statements  include those described in "Risk Factors." In light
of  the  risks  we  describe  in  "Risk  Factors," the forward-looking events we
discuss  in  this  prospectus  may  not  occur. We are under no duty to publicly
update  or  revise  any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this
prospectus.

                      SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING MARKET DATA

     We use market data and industry forecasts throughout this prospectus, which
we have obtained from internal  surveys,  market  research,  publicly  available
information and industry  publications.  With regard to market data for customer
spending on third party bioinformatic  software and data content, we have relied
upon  the  data  from  a  1998  report  from  Front  Line  Strategic  Management
Consulting,  reporting 1998 market size and estimated 2005 market size. Industry
publications generally state that the information they provide has been obtained
from sources believed to be reliable,  but that the accuracy and completeness of
such information is not guaranteed.  Similarly,  we believe that the surveys and
market  research  we or others  have  performed  are  reliable,  but we have not
independently verified this information.  Neither we nor any of the underwriters
can guarantee that any such information used in this prospectus is accurate.


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     We  estimate  that  we  will receive net proceeds from this offering of our
common  stock  of  approximately  $    million, or approximately $    million if
the  underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in full. This estimate is
based  on  an  assumed public offering price of $     per share, and deducts the
estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and our estimated offering
expenses.

     The  principal  purposes of this offering are to provide  working  capital,
create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our future access to the
public capital markets and increase our visibility in our markets.  We intend to
use the net proceeds of this offering  primarily  for working  capital and other
general corporate  purposes.  Proceeds may also be used to discharge any amounts
outstanding under our bridge loan, up to a maximum  amount of $3.0 million, with
PNC Bank, National Association. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to
acquire additional  businesses,  products and technologies or to establish joint
ventures  that we  believe  will  complement  our  current  or future  business.
However,  we have no specific  plans,  agreements or  commitments  to do so. The
amounts  that  we  actually  expend  for  working  capital  purposes  will  vary
significantly depending on a number of factors, including future revenue growth,
if any, and the amount of cash we generate from operations. As a result, we will
retain broad  discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering.
Until we use the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest them in U.S.
government securities or investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  dividends on our common stock. We
expect  to  retain  all  earnings,  if  any, generated by our operations for the
development  and  growth of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends
on  our common stock for the foreseeable future. However, our board of directors
is  free to change our dividend policy in the future, based upon factors such as
our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  cash  flow, cash needs and
future  prospects. If our board of directors were to change our dividend policy,
so  long  as we have any amount outstanding under our credit facilities with PNC
Bank,  National  Association,  we would be required to obtain PNC Bank's written
consent prior to the declaration or payment of such dividends.


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

     The following table shows our capitalization as of March 31, 2000:

     o    on an actual basis;

     o    on a pro forma  basis to give  effect to the            for
          stock  split  to  be  effected  on  _________,   2000;  the  automatic
          conversion of all  outstanding  shares of our  redeemable  convertible
          preferred  stock into common  stock upon the closing of this  offering
          and the  conversion  of the  outstanding  nonvoting  common stock into
          shares of voting common stock upon the closing of this offering; and

     o    on a pro forma basis as adjusted to reflect the          for
          stock split to be effected prior to the closing of this offering;  the
          automatic  conversion  of all  outstanding  shares  of our  redeemable
          convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this
          offering;  the conversion of the  outstanding  nonvoting  common stock
          into shares of voting common stock upon the closing of this  offering;
          and our receipt of the  estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares
          of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $ per
          share  (after   deducting   estimated   underwriting   discounts   and
          commissions and estimated offering expenses).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             AS OF MARCH 31, 2000
                                                                 --------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)

                                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                      ACTUAL        PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                 ---------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>           <C>
Long-term debt ...............................................    $    959,732
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par
 value $0.01 - 2,161,265 shares authorized, issued,
 and outstanding, actual, no shares authorized,
 issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as
 adjusted ....................................................       4,179,124
                                                                  ------------          ------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Common stock - voting, par value $0.01; 1,595,455
   shares authorized, 1,500,000 shares issued and
   1,350,000 shares outstanding, actual;
   shares authorized           shares issued and
       shares outstanding, pro forma;
       shares authorized      shares
   issued and      shares outstanding, pro
   forma as adjusted .........................................          15,000
 Common stock - nonvoting, par value $0.01,
   14,931,864 shares authorized, 2,468,000 shares
   issued and 2,278,000 shares outstanding, actual;
       shares authorized,     shares
   issued and      shares outstanding, pro
   forma;      shares authorized,
   shares issued and      shares outstanding,
   pro forma as adjusted .....................................          24,680
Additional paid-in capital ...................................       2,494,727
Deferred compensation ........................................        (857,863)
Accumulated deficit ..........................................      (4,623,221)
Treasury stock, 340,000 shares - at cost .....................        (119,000)
                                                                  ------------          ------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .....................      (3,065,677)
                                                                  ------------          ------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) .........    $  8,295,812         $
                                                                  ============         =======
</TABLE>


                                       20
<PAGE>

     In  addition  to  the  shares  of  common stock to be outstanding after the
offering,  we  may  issue  additional shares of common stock under the following
plans and arrangements:

     o    8,658,370  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  outstanding   options
          including  2,637,470  issued under our equity  incentive  compensation
          plan at a weighted  average  exercise  price of $0.515 per share as of
          March 31, 2000; and

     o    393,530  shares   available  for  future  issuance  under  our  equity
          incentive compensation plan.


Please  read  the  capitalization table together with our consolidated financial
statements  and  related notes and with the sections of this prospectus entitled
"Selected   Financial   Data"  and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  included  elsewhere in this
prospectus.


                                       21
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

     Our  pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2000 was $      , or
$        per  share.  Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
amount  of  our  total  pro  forma  tangible assets reduced by the amount of our
total  pro  forma  liabilities,  divided  by  the  pro forma number of shares of
common  stock  outstanding  as of March 31, 2000. These pro forma amounts assume
our  sale  of          shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed
initial  public  offering  price of $       per share also occurred on March 31,
2000.  After  deducting  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and commissions and
estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by  us,  our pro forma net tangible book
value  at  March  31, 2000 would have been approximately $      , or $       per
share.  This  represents  an  immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book
value  of  $       per  share  to our stockholders prior to this offering and an
immediate  dilution  of  $       per share to new investors. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share .......................            $
Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2000 .........   $
 Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
   attributable to new investors ......................................   $
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
 offering .............................................................
                                                                                   -------
Dilution per share to new investors ...................................            $
                                                                                   =======
</TABLE>

     If  the  underwriters  exercise  their over-allotment option in full, there
will  be  an  increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $    per share to
existing  stockholders  and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book
value  of  $     to  new investors. Our existing stockholders would own    % and
our  new  public  investors  would own    % of the total number of shares of our
common stock outstanding after this offering.

     The  following table summarizes on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
the  offering,  as  of  March  31,  2000,  the  differences between the existing
stockholders  and  new  investors with respect to the number of shares of common
stock  purchased  from  us,  the  total consideration paid to us and the average
price  per  share  paid before deducting estimated discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AVERAGE PRICE
                                         SHARES                  TOTAL             PER COMMON
                                       PURCHASED             CONSIDERATION            SHARE
                                  --------------------   ---------------------   --------------
                                   NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT
                                  --------   ---------   --------   ----------
<S>                               <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders .........                      %    $                  %       $
New investors .................                                                      $
                                  --------     -----      --------     ----          ----------
 Total ........................                  100%                    100%        $
                                  ========     =====      ========     =====         ==========
</TABLE>

     The  foregoing  discussion  and  tables are based upon the number of shares
actually  issued  and  outstanding  on  March 31, 2000 and assume no exercise of
options  outstanding as of March 31, 2000. As of that date, there were 8,658,370
shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options  outstanding at a weighted average
exercise price of $0.515 per share as of March 31, 2000.

     To  the  extent that these or any other outstanding options or warrants are
exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     You  should read our selected consolidated financial data together with our
consolidated   financial   statements   and   their   related   notes  and  with
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial Condition and Results of
Operations,"  which  we  have  included  elsewhere  in  this prospectus. We have
derived  the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1998  and  1999 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 from
our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this
prospectus.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  audited  by
Deloitte  & Touche LLP. We have derived the statement of operations data for the
years  ended  December  31,  1995  and  1996  from  our  unaudited  consolidated
financial  statements  that  are  not  included  in this prospectus. The balance
sheet  data  as  of  December  31,  1995 and 1996 are derived from our unaudited
consolidated  financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The
balance  sheet  data  as  of  December  31,  1997  are  derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus.

     We  have  derived  the  statement  of  operations data for the three months
ended  March  31,  1999 and 2000 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2000
from  our  unaudited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared
on   substantially   the  same  basis  as  the  audited  consolidated  financial
statements   and,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  include  all  adjustments,
consisting   only   of  normal  recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for  a  fair
presentation of the results of operations for these periods.

     The  historical  results  presented below are not necessarily indicative of
future results.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       MARCH 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------------------- -----------------------
                                              1995      1996       1997       1998         1999       1999        2000
                                             ------ ----------- --------- ------------ ----------- --------- -------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>    <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
 Software license and customer support .....  $166    $ 382      $1,335     $2,732      $  7,278    $1,049     $ 2,411
 Professional services .....................   403      636         867      1,394         2,737       541         797
                                              ----    -----      ------      ------     --------    ------     -------
   Total revenues ..........................   569    1,018       2,202      4,126        10,015     1,590     $ 3,208
Cost of revenues:
 Software license and customer support .....     8       19          38        190           405        71         100
 Professional services .....................   156      309         716      1,081         1,612       343         425
                                              ----    -----      ------      ------     --------    ------     -------
   Total cost of revenues ..................   164      328         754      1,271         2,017       414         525
Gross profit ...............................   405      690       1,448      2,855         7,998     1,176       2,683
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and administrative .......   195      507       1,075      2,476         7,000     1,088       3,424
 Research and development ..................   165      161         365      1,162         2,597       485         961
 Stock based compensation ..................    22       --         211         18           138        17         556
 Depreciation and amortization .............    --        3          18         94           272        41         148
                                              ----    -----      ------      ------     --------    ------     -------
   Total operating expenses ................   382      671       1,669      3,750        10,007     1,631       5,089
Income (loss) from operations ..............    23       19        (221)      (895)       (2,009)     (455)     (2,406)
Other income (expense):
 Investment earnings .......................    --       --          --         --            66        --           6
 Interest expense ..........................    --       (4)        (19)       (60)          (87)      (15)        (45)
 Other .....................................    --       --         (12)        (3)          (11)       --          (5)
                                              ----    -------    ------      --------   --------    ------     ----------
   Total other income (expense) ............    --       (4)        (31)       (63)          (32)      (15)        (44)
Income (loss) before income taxes ..........    23       15        (252)      (958)       (2,041)     (470)     (2,450)
Income tax expense (benefit) ...............     1       11        (118)      (391)         (726)     (133)         --
                                              ----    -------    ------      -------    --------    ------     ---------
Net income (loss) ..........................  $ 22    $   4      $ (134)     $(567)     $ (1,315)   $ (337)    $(2,450)
</TABLE>

                                       23
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       MARCH 31,
                                          -------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
                                           1995   1996     1997       1998         1999         1999         2000
                                          ------ ------ ---------- ---------- -------------- ---------- --------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Accretion of transaction costs on
 redeemable convertible preferred stock .   --     --         --         --           (8)          --           (4)
Accrued dividend on redeemable
 convertible preferred stock ............   --     --         --         --         (168)          --          (80)
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 shares .................................  $22    $ 4    $  (134)   $  (567)     $(1,491)     $  (337)     $(2,534)
                                           ===    ===    =======    =======      =========    =======      =========
Basic net (loss) applicable per common
 share ..................................  $--    $--    $ (0.07)   $ (0.26)     $ (0.64)     $ (0.15)     $ (1.01)
                                           ===    ===    =======    =======      =========    =======      =========
Diluted net income (loss) applicable per
 common share ...........................  $--    $--    $ (0.07)   $ (0.26)     $ (0.64)     $ (0.15)     $ (1.01)
                                           ===    ===    =======    =======      =========    =======      =========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,                     AS OF MARCH 31,
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------   ----------------
                                                    1995     1996      1997        1998         1999            2000
                                                   ------   ------   --------   ---------   -----------   ----------------
                                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ......................    $ 16     $ 35     $  382     $  296      $  1,399         $    889
Working capital (deficit) ......................      72       62        371       (419)        1,040             (113)
Total assets ...................................     114      250      1,114      2,883         7,265            8,296
Capital lease obligations, less current
 portion .......................................      --        8         55        182            92               69
Equipment loan facility, less current
 portion .......................................      --       --         --         --           623              960
Total liabilities ..............................      38      174        974      3,288         4,887            7,182
Redeemable convertible preferred stock .........      --       --         --         --         4,095            4,179
Common stock and additional paid-in
 capital .......................................     233      233        550        588           975            2,534
Stockholders' equity (deficit) .................      76       76        139       (405)       (1,717)          (3,066)
</TABLE>

     See  our  consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in
this  prospectus  for a description of the computation of the historical and pro
forma  net  loss  per  share and the number of shares used in the historical and
pro forma per share calculations in statement of operations data above.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  is a discussion of our consolidated financial condition and
results  of  operations.  You  should  read  this  discussion  together with our
consolidated  financial statements and the related notes, which we have included
elsewhere  in this prospectus. We make some forward-looking statements about our
future  performance. These forward-looking statements include numerous risks and
uncertainties,  such  as  those  described in the "Risk Factors" section of this
prospectus, and accordingly our actual results may differ materially.

OVERVIEW

     We  are  a  leading global provider of bioinformatic software solutions for
the  analysis  and  interpretation  of genomic, proteomic and other biomolecular
data.   Since  beginning  commercial  operations  in  1993,  we  have  dedicated
substantial  resources  to  expand  and  enhance  our  software  product  lines,
increase  our  sales  and  marketing  efforts,  and  enlarge  and  diversify our
customer base.

     In  1993,  we commercially released our first desktop software product, the
current  version  of  which  is marketed as our Vector NTI Suite 6.0 for desktop
computers.  In  September  1998,  we commercially released our Software Solution
for  Bio-Medicine enterprise computing platform, the current version of which is
marketed as GenoMax 2.5.

     To  date,  we  have  sold over 17,000 desktop licenses for Vector NTI Suite
and  16  enterprise  licenses for GenoMax. Our customer base includes over 1,300
organizations  worldwide,  including  over 500 biotechnology, pharmaceutical and
agricultural-life  science  companies  and  over  800  academic  and  government
research  institutions.  In  1999,  our  10 largest customers accounted for less
than  37%  of  our total software license revenues. We provide sales, marketing,
implementation  and  support services for our products. Our Vector NTI Suite and
GenoMax  software  products  are  considered off the shelf products that require
only routine installation to be fully functional by the end user.

     Our  revenue  has  increased substantially in recent years. Revenue for the
year  ended December 31, 1999 represents a four-year compound annual growth rate
of 105% and a 143% increase over the prior year.

     We  currently  generate  revenues  from software sales and software-related
professional   services.  Software  sales  consist  of  software  license  fees,
maintenance  fees,  and  related  customer  training. Professional services have
historically   consisted   of   software  development  services  provided  under
contracts  to  the  National  Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) at the
National  Institutes  of  Health  and  beginning  in  2000  have  also  included
customer-specified   software   installation,   integration   and  customization
services  related  to  our  commercial  software  products.  NCBI  contracts for
professional  services  through  intermediaries  for  whom  InforMax serves as a
subcontractor.  These  agreements  may  be  terminated  on behalf of NCBI at any
time.

     We  expect to generate future revenues from our channeling and distribution
alliances   and   from   e-commerce   offerings.  Channeling  alliances  include
agreements   with   data  content  providers  to  integrate  their  biomolecular
databases  with  our  software  products  and  to  resell subscriptions to these
databases  to  our  customers.  Distribution  alliances  include agreements with
providers  of  specialized  bioformatic  hardware  to integrate and resell their
hardware  with  our  software  products.  To  date,  we  have entered into three
agreements   to   resell  third  party  data  content  or  technology  hardware.
E-commerce  offerings  will  include  incorporating Internet hyperlinks into our
Vector  NTI Suite and entering into related partnerships with laboratory reagent
vendors to generate transaction fees on sales we facilitate.

     We  recognize  software  license  revenues based upon the provisions of the
American  Institute  of  Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position No.
97-2  ("SOP  No.  97-2"),  Software Revenue Recognition, which is the recognized
standard  within  the  industry.  Accordingly,  software revenues are recognized
upon  the  customer's  execution  of  a  non-cancelable  license  agreement  and
delivery   of  the  software,  provided  that  the  license  fee  is  fixed  and
determinable, collectibility is probable, and


                                       25
<PAGE>

customization  of  the software is not required. Following the provisions of SOP
No.  97-2,  for  multi-element  software  contracts  in  which the fair value of
undelivered  elements  are not determinable, we have deferred the full amount of
contract  revenue until fair value is determined or delivery of all elements has
occurred,  unless  the  only  undelivered  element  is maintenance in which case
revenue is recognized ratably over the remaining maintenance period.

     In  connection  with  our software licenses, we also enter into maintenance
contracts  that provide for technical support and periodic unspecified upgrades.
During  1998  and  1997,  we  recognized  maintenance  revenue together with the
initial  licensing  fee  upon delivery of the software when all of the following
were  met:  (1) the maintenance fee was included with the initial licensing fee,
(2)  the  maintenance revenue to be recognized was for one year or less, (3) the
estimated   cost   of   providing   maintenance   during   the  arrangement  was
insignificant,  and (4) any unspecified upgrades were expected to be minimal. We
recognized  revenues  from  software  maintenance contracts that extended beyond
one  year  ratably  over  the  maintenance  period.  During  1999,  due  to  the
introduction  of  and  increased  sales of new modules, product enhancements and
product  versions,  we  increased  our  maintenance  support staff to levels for
which  the  estimated  cost  of  providing  maintenance  was  no  longer  deemed
insignificant.  Therefore, beginning in January 1999, revenues from all software
maintenance  contracts  have been recognized ratably based upon their fair value
and  recorded  over  the maintenance period. Training is provided on a daily fee
basis and we recognize revenue as the services are provided.

     Beginning   in   2000,   we   have   provided  customer-specified  software
installation,  integration  and customization services related to our commercial
software  products  on  a  time and materials basis and recognize revenue as the
services  are  provided.  During  1997,  1998 and 1999 our professional services
revenue  was  derived  from  contracts  related to software development services
provided  to NCBI under time and material subcontracts and a cost-plus-fixed-fee
subcontract.  During 1999 the cost-plus-fixed-fee subcontract was converted upon
its  renewal  to  a  time  and material contract. We recognize revenue under the
time  and  material  subcontracts  as  the  services  are  provided  based  upon
contractual   rates.   We   recognized  revenue  under  the  cost-plus-fixed-fee
subcontract  as  recoverable  costs  were  incurred,  including  a proportionate
amount of the fixed fee.

     Our  quarterly  operating  results  have  historically  fluctuated  and  we
anticipate  such  results  to  continue to fluctuate significantly. Factors that
may   cause   our   quarterly  results  to  fluctuate  include  the  timing  of,
commencement,  delay,  cancellation  or  completion  of  our  software licensing
agreements,   strategic   relationships  and  professional  service  activities,
including  installation  and  software  customization. Our results of operations
may  also  fluctuate  as  a  result  of  the number and timing of orders for our
GenoMax  enterprise product, which can have a significant effect on revenues for
a  particular  quarter.

     The manner in which we recognize revenue,  in accordance with the generally
accepted accounting  principles,  may also cause our quarterly operating results
to fluctuate  substantially.  In  accordance  with these  principles,  we may be
required  to defer all or a portion  of the  revenue  from some of our  software
licenses sold in a particular  quarter to a later quarter.  Expenses  associated
with  software  licenses  are not  typically so  deferred.  For our  maintenance
contracts and professional  services,  we typically  recognize revenues over the
term of the  contract.  Due to the  factors  described  above  and  other  risks
discussed in this prospectus,  you should not rely upon quarterly comparisons of
our financial  results as these  comparisons are not necessarily  meaningful nor
are they a reliable indicator of our future performance.

     As a result of the  academic  calendar,  European  business  practices  and
commercial information technology procurement practices, we generally experience
a  significant  reduction in sales in the third  quarter of each  calendar  year
which typically results in a corresponding  reduction in operating revenues.


                                       26
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  table sets forth our audited consolidated operating results
for  the  years  ended  December  31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, and for the unaudited
three-month  periods ended March 31, 1999 and 2000, as a percentage of our total
revenue for the respective periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  MARCH 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------------   ------------------------
                                                     1997          1998          1999          1999         2000
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues
 Software license and customer
   support ...................................        61%            66%           73%           66%          75%
 Professional services .......................        39             34            27            34           25
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----         ----
   Total revenues ............................       100            100           100           100          100
Cost of revenues:
 Software license and customer
   support ...................................         2              5             4             4            3
 Professional services .......................        32             26            16            22           13
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----         ----
   Total cost of revenues ....................        34             31            20            26           16
Gross profit .................................        66             69            80            74           84
Operating expenses
 Selling, general and administrative .........        49             60            70            68          107
 Research and development ....................        16             29            26            30           30
 Stock based compensation ....................        10             --             1             1           17
 Depreciation and amortization ...............         1              2             3             3            5
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----         ----
   Total operating expenses ..................        76             91           100           102          159
Loss from operations .........................       (10)           (22)          (20)          (28)         (75)
Other income (expense)
 Investment earnings .........................        --             --             1             0           --
 Interest expense ............................        (1)            (1)           (1)           (1)          (1)
 Other .......................................        --             --             0            --           --
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----         ----
   Total other income (expense) ..............        (1)            (1)            0            --           (1)
Loss before income taxes .....................       (11)           (23)          (20)          (29)         (76)
Income tax benefit ...........................        (5)            (9)           (7)           (8)          --
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----         ----
Net loss .....................................        (6)%          (14)%         (13)%         (21)%        (76)%
                                                     ====          ====          ====          ====         ====
</TABLE>

Three Months Ended March 31, 2000 and 1999

     Revenues.  For  the  three  months ended March 31, 2000, revenues increased
102% to $3.2 million from $1.6 million in the corresponding period of 1999.

     Software  sales revenue increased 130% to $2.4 million for the three months
ended  March  31,  2000  from  $1.0 million in the corresponding period of 1999.
This  increase  resulted  primarily from increased sales of our Vector NTI Suite
and  sales  of our GenoMax enterprise system, which was introduced in late 1998.
Increased  Vector NTI Suite sales resulted primarily from expansion of our sales
force.

     Professional  services  revenue increased 47% to $0.8 million for the three
months  ended  March  31,  2000 from $0.5 million in the corresponding period of
1999.  For  the three months ended March 31, 2000, services provided to the NCBI
under  subcontracts  accounted  for $0.8 million or 98% of professional services
revenue and 24% of consolidated revenues.

     Cost of  Revenues.  For the three  months  ended  March 31,  2000,  cost of
revenues  increased  27% to $0.5 million from $0.4 million in the  corresponding
period of 1999. Costs of software  revenues consist  primarily of manufacturing,
shipping of products and cost of providing training and customer support.  Costs
of professional services revenues consist primarily of salaries,  benefits,  and
related expenses of our professional services team.


                                       27
<PAGE>

     Costs  of  software  license  and customer support revenue increased 43% to
$0.1  million  for  the  three months ended March 31, 2000 from $0.07 million in
the  corresponding  period  of  1999.  This  increase  resulted  primarily  from
increased  sales  of  our  Vector  NTI Suite and sales of our GenoMax enterprise
system.

     Costs  of  professional services revenues increased 24% to $0.4 million for
the  three  months  ended  March 31, 2000 from $0.3 million in the corresponding
period  of  1999.  This  increase resulted primarily from increased personnel on
the NCBI subcontracts.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative Expenses. For the three months ended
March  31,  2000, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 215% to
$3.4  million  from  $1.1  million  in  the  corresponding  period of 1999. This
increase  primarily  reflects  expenses  for  additional  personnel  and related
resource investments to support our business and revenue growth.

     Research  and  Development  Expenses.  For the three months ended March 31,
2000,  research and development expenses increased 98% to $1.0 million from $0.5
million  in  the corresponding period of 1999. The increase reflects an increase
in  the headcount of our research and product development team, expansion of our
service offerings and our product development efforts.

     Stock  Based Compensation. For the three months ended March 31, 2000, stock
based  compensation  expenses increased 3059% to $0.6 million from $0.02 million
in  the  corresponding  period  of  1999. The increase reflects discounted stock
option grants and restricted stock awards.

     Income  Taxes.  We incurred  net losses for each of the three  months ended
March 31, 2000 and 1999. At present,  we have an accumulated  net operating loss
carryforward  of  $13.3  million,  primarily  as a  result  of the  exercise  of
non-qualified  stock  options.  The tax benefit for the three months ended March
31, 1999 and 2000 was $0.1  million and $0.0,  respectively,  using an effective
rate of 28.3% and 0%,  respectively.  The  decrease  for the three  months ended
March 31, 2000 primarily  reflects the result of a valuation  allowance recorded
against the increase in net operating losses and the change in book basis versus
tax basis of deferred revenue and stock based compensation.

     Net  Loss.  We  incurred  a  net  loss of $2.5 million for the three months
ended  March  31,  2000,  compared with a net loss of $0.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1999.

Years Ended December 31, 1999 and 1998

     Revenues.  For the year ended December 31, 1999, revenues increased 143% to
$10.0 million from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.

     Software  sales revenue increased 166% to $7.3 million from $2.7 million in
the  year  ended  December  31,  1998  due  to increased sales of our Vector NTI
desktop  software  and the introduction of our GenoMax enterprise system in late
1998.

     Professional  services  revenue  increased  96%  to  $2.7 million from $1.4
million  in  the  prior  year.  In  1999,  services  provided  to the NCBI under
subcontracts  accounted  for  100%  of  professional services revenue and 27% of
consolidated revenues.

     Cost  of  Revenues.  For  the year ended December 31, 1999, overall cost of
revenues increased 59% to $2.0 million from $1.3 million in the prior year.

     Costs of software  license and customer  support revenue  increased 113% to
$0.4  million  from $0.2  million  in the prior  year.  This  increase  resulted
primarily from increase  manufacturing,  shipping costs as a result of increased
software license sales and costs of providing training and customer support.

     Costs  of professional services revenues increased 49% to $1.6 million from
$1.1  million  in  the  prior  year.  This  increase resulted primarily from the
increase in personnel on the NCBI subcontracts.

     Selling,  General  and Administrative Expenses. For the year ended December
31,  1999,  selling,  general and administrative expenses increased 183% to $7.0
million  from  $2.5  million  in the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase
primarily  reflects  our  large  investment in sales and marketing personnel and
resource investments to support our revenue growth.


                                       28
<PAGE>

     Research  and  Development  Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 1999,
research  and  development  expenses  increased  123%  to $2.6 million from $1.2
million  in  the  year ended December 31, 1998. This increase reflects increases
in  the  headcount  for  our  research  and  product development team reflecting
expanded product development efforts.

     Stock  Based  Compensation.  For  the  year  ended December 31, 1999, stock
based  compensation  expenses  increased 677% to $0.1 million from $0.02 million
in  the  year  ended  December  31, 1998. The increase reflects discounted stock
option grants and restricted stock awards.

     Income Taxes.  We incurred net losses for each of the years ended  December
31, 1999 and 1998.  At December 31, 1999,  we had an  accumulated  net operating
loss carryforward of $1.3 million.  The tax benefit for the years ended December
31, 1998 and 1999 was $0.4  million  and $0.7  million,  respectively,  using an
effective rate of 40.8% and 35.6%, respectively. The increase in the tax benefit
primarily  reflects the increase in net operating  losses and the change in book
basis versus tax basis of deferred revenue,  which is included in taxable income
at the date of sale but deferred for book purposes.

     Net  Loss.  We  incurred  a  net  loss  of  $1.3 million for the year ended
December  31,  1999  and  a net loss of $0.6 million for the year ended December
31, 1998.

Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997

     Revenues.  For  the year ended December 31, 1998, revenues increased 87% to
$4.1 million from $2.2 million in the year ended December 31, 1997.

     Software  sales revenue increased 105% to $2.7 million from $1.3 million in
the prior year due to increased sales of our Vector NTI desktop software.

     Professional  services  revenue  increased  61%  to  $1.4 million from $0.9
million  in  the prior year. In 1998, professional services provided to the NCBI
under  subcontracts  accounted for 100% of professional services revenue and 34%
of consolidated revenues.

     Cost  of  Revenues.  For  the year ended December 31, 1998, overall cost of
revenues increased 69% to $1.3 million from $0.8 million in the prior year.

     Costs  of  software  license and customer support revenue increased 399% to
$0.2  million  from  $0.04  million  in  the  prior year. This increase resulted
primarily  from  increase  manufacturing  and  shipping  costs  as  a  result of
increased software license sales.

     Costs  of professional services revenues increased 51% to $1.1 million from
$0.7  million  in  the  prior  year.  This  increase resulted primarily from the
increase in personnel on the NCBI subcontracts.

     Selling,  General  and Administrative Expenses. For the year ended December
31,  1998,  selling,  general and administrative expenses increased 130% to $2.5
million  from  $1.2  million in the prior year. This increase primarily reflects
our large personnel and resource investments to support revenue growth.

     Research  and  Development  Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 1998,
research  and  development  expenses  increased  219%  to $1.2 million from $0.4
million  in  the  year ended December 31, 1997. This increase reflects increases
in  the  headcount  for  our  research  and  product development team reflecting
expanded product development efforts.

     Stock Based Compensation. For the year ended December 31, 1998, stock based
compensation  expenses  decreased  92% to $0.02 million from $0.2 million in the
year ended December 31, 1997. The decrease reflects a reduction of non-qualified
discounted stock option grants.

     Income  Taxes.  We  incurred net losses for each of the year ended December
31,  1998  and  1997.  At December 31, 1998, we had an accumulated net operating
loss  carryforward of $0.3 million. The tax benefit for the years ended December
31,  1997  and  1998  was  $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, using an
effective  rate  of  46.9%  and  40.8%,  respectively.  The  increase in the tax
benefit  primarily  reflects the increase in net operating losses and the change
in  book  basis versus tax basis of deferred revenue, included in taxable income
at the date of sale but deferred for book purposes.


                                       29
<PAGE>

     Net  Loss.  We  incurred  a  net  loss  of  $0.6 million for the year ended
December  31,  1998  and  a net loss of $0.1 million for the year ended December
31, 1997.

Quarterly Results of Operations

     The  following  table sets forth unaudited quarterly consolidated financial
data  for  the  five  quarters  in the period ended March 31, 2000, and includes
such  data  as  a percentage of our total revenue for the periods indicated. The
unaudited  quarterly  consolidated  financial  data has been prepared on a basis
consistent  with  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  which  are
included  in  this  prospectus,  and include all adjustments, consisting only of
normal  recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary to present fairly this
information  when read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements
and notes thereto in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               QUARTER ENDED
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                           MARCH 31,            JUNE 30,           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             1999                 1999                  1999
                                     --------------------- ------------------ ------------------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)

                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>
Revenues:
 Software license and customer
  support ..........................  $1,049        66%     $2,273       79%    $  1,136        59%
 Professional services .............     541        34         618       21          779        41
                                      ------        ---     ------       --     --------        --
  Total revenues ...................   1,590       100       2,891      100        1,915       100
Cost of revenues:
 Software license and customer
  support ..........................      71         4          76        3           71         4
 Professional services .............     343        22         388       13          422        22
                                      ------       ----     ------      ---     --------       ---
  Total cost of revenues ...........     414        26         464       16          493        26
Gross profit .......................   1,176        74       2,427       84        1,422        74
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and
  administrative ...................   1,088        68       1,309       45        1,871        97
 Research and development ..........     485        30         644       22          637        34
 Stock based compensation ..........      17         1           9       --           26         1
 Depreciation and amortization            41         3          48        2           78         4
                                      ------       ----     ------      ---     --------       ---
  Total operating expenses .........   1,631       102       2,010       69        2,612       136
Income (loss) from operations ......    (455)      (28)        417       15       (1,190)      (62)
Other income (expense):
 Investment earnings ...............      --        --          (1)      --           42        (2)
 Interest expense ..................     (15)       (1)        (17)      (1)         (22)       (1)
 Other .............................      --        --                   --           (4)       --
                                      ------       -----                ---     -----------    -----
  Total other income
   (expense) .......................     (15)       (1)        (16)      (1)          16        (1)
Income (loss) before income
 taxes .............................    (470)      (29)        401       14       (1,174)      (61)
Income tax provision (benefit) .....    (133)       (8)        146        5         (434)      (23)
                                      ------       ------   ------      ---     ----------     -----
Net income (loss) ..................  $ (337)      (21)%   $  255        9%    $    (740)      (38)%
                                      ======       =====    ======      ===     ==========     =====

<CAPTION>
                                                       QUARTER ENDED
                                     -------------------------------------------------
                                           DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,
                                               1999                     2000
                                     ------------------------ ------------------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)

                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Revenues:
 Software license and customer
  support ..........................    $2,820         78%      $ 2,411         75%
 Professional services .............      799          22           797         25
                                        ------         --       -------         --
  Total revenues ...................    3,619         100         3,208        100
Cost of revenues:
 Software license and customer
  support ..........................      187           5           100          3
 Professional services .............      459          13           425         13
                                        ------        ---       -------        ---
  Total cost of revenues ...........      646          18           525         16
Gross profit .......................    2,973          82         2,683         84
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and
  administrative ...................    2,732          75         3,424        107
 Research and development ..........      831          23           961         30
 Stock based compensation ..........       86           2           556         17
 Depreciation and amortization            105           3           148          5
                                        ------        ---       -------        ---
  Total operating expenses .........    3,754         103         5,089        159
Income (loss) from operations ......     (781)        (21)       (2,406)       (75)
Other income (expense):
 Investment earnings ...............       22          --             6         --
 Interest expense ..................      (32)         (1)          (45)        (1)
 Other .............................       (7)         --            (5)        --
                                        --------      -----     ----------     -----
  Total other income
   (expense) .......................      (17)         (1)          (44)        (1)
Income (loss) before income
 taxes .............................     (798)        (22)       (2,450)       (76)
Income tax provision (benefit) .....     (305)         (8)           --         --
                                        -------       -----    ---------      -----
Net income (loss) ..................    $(493)        (14)%     $(2,450)       (76)%
                                        =======       =====     =========     =====
</TABLE>

MARKETS

     Geographically,  North  America,  Europe,  and  Japan represent our largest
markets,  accounting  for 72%, 20%, and 6% of sales respectively through May 31,
2000,  and  79%,  17%,  and  1%  of  sales  respectively  in  1999. All sales to
foreign-based  customers  are  invoiced  and  paid in U.S. dollars. Our customer
base  is  comprised  of  companies  in  the  pharmaceutical,  biotechnology, and
agricultural-life  science  sectors, as well as academic and government research
institutes.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Since  beginning  commercial  operations in 1993, we have funded our growth
primarily  with  internally  generated  cash  flow. In June 1999, we raised $4.0
million  in  venture  financing.  At March 31, 2000, we had $0.9 million in cash
and  cash  equivalents,  a  net  increase of $0.5 million from March 31, 1999, a
decrease  of  $0.5  million  from  December  31,  1999,  and an increase of $0.6
million from December 31, 1998.


                                       30
<PAGE>

     During  the  three months ended March 31, 2000 we generated $3.2 million of
cash  from  operations  compared  to  $2.5  million for the comparable period in
1999.  For the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, we generated $9.0 million
and  $4.4  million  of  gross  cash from operations before consideration of cash
outflows,  respectively.  Gross  cash  used  by  operations for the three months
ended  March  31,  2000  was  $4.6  million  compared  to  $2.3  million for the
comparable  period  in  1999.  Gross  cash used by operations for the year ended
December  31, 1999 was $11.6 million compared to $4.4 million for the year ended
December  31,  1998.  The  net  increase  in  cash used by operations over these
periods  reflects  the continued growth of our business, particularly as related
to personnel and related infrastructure expenses.

     Net  cash provided by financing activities was $1.7 million for the quarter
ended  March 31, 2000 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $0.02
million  for  the  comparable  period  in  1999.  Net cash provided by financing
activities  was  $5.1  million  for  the  year ended December 31, 1999 and $0.05
million  for  the  comparable period in 1998. On June 22, 1999 we entered into a
purchase  agreement  with  FBR  Technology  Venture Partners, LP for the sale of
2,161,265  shares  of our series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01
par  value.  The shares were sold for an aggregate price of $4 million, or $1.85
per share.

     Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities was $0.8 million for the quarter
ended  March 31, 2000 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $0.05
million  for  the  comparable  period  in  1999.  Net  cash  used  in  investing
activities  was  $1.4  million  for  the  year ended December 31, 1999 and $0.07
million  for  comparable  period  in 1998. The cash used in investing activities
over those periods were for the purchase of furniture and equipment.

     In May 1999, we entered into a loan agreement and a security agreement with
PNC Bank,  National  Association,  in  connection  with the creation of a credit
facility  consisting of a secured revolving credit line and an equipment line of
credit.  In  February  2000,  we entered  into a fourth  amendment  to such loan
agreement increasing the maximum availability under each of the revolving credit
and equipment line to $3.0 million,  for a total of $6.0 million.  In connection
with this amendment,  we entered into an amended and restated  revolving  credit
note and an amended and restated line of credit note. The revolving  credit note
allows us to borrow, repay and re-borrow the principal thereunder until February
2, 2001. Amounts  outstanding under the revolving credit note accrue interest at
the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal plus one percent per annum
with  interest due and payable  each month.  The  principal  and any accrued but
unpaid  interest are due and payable on February 2, 2001,  or such later date as
may be agreed to by PNC Bank and us. The line of credit note allows us to borrow
the principal  amount  thereunder  until February 2, 2001.  Amounts  outstanding
under the line of credit note  accrue  interest at the prime rate as reported in
the Wall  Street  Journal  plus one and  one-quarter  percent.  With  respect to
advances made prior to November 6, 1999,  principal and interest accrued thereon
are payable in monthly  principal amounts of $19,727 through and including April
15,  2002.  For advances  made after  November 6, 1999,  principal  and interest
accrued thereon shall be made in monthly  principal  payments of $35,607 through
and including October 15, 2002. We have pledged our personal property, including
our equipment,  trademarks and accounts receivable,  to PNC Bank as security for
any amounts  owed by us under the  facility.  Under the loan  agreement,  we are
generally restricted from incurring additional  indebtedness without the consent
of PNC Bank.  We must  also  maintain  various  financial  covenants,  including
minimum  cash balance and certain  financial  ratios.  In  addition,  we may not
declare or pay  dividends or, make any  distribution  with respect to any equity
security during the term of the facility.

     In June 2000, we entered into a fifth  amendment to our loan agreement with
PNC Bank, in connection with a $3.0 million bridge loan for operating  expenses.
In  connection  with this  facility,  we entered into a bridge note covering any
amounts outstanding under the bridge loan. All outstanding  borrowings under the
bridge loan together with interest  accrued  thereon will become due and payable
upon the  earlier  of (1)  December  19,  2000 and (2) the  closing  date of any
initial public  offering of our capital stock or any other equity event in which
we receive an infusion of at least $3.0 million in cash or non-cash  assets from
any holder of our capital stock. Generally, in the event that we raise any funds
through  venture  financing,  private  placements of our equity  securities,  or
strategic investors, we are obligated to make a prepayment on the bridge loan up
to the maximum amount  outstanding  thereunder.  Amounts  outstanding  under the
bridge loan will accrue interest at the prime rate plus


                                       31
<PAGE>

2.5%. We may currently draw up to $1.5 million and up to $500,000 (in increments
of $250,000) in subsequent  months up to the $3.0 million  maximum  amount.  All
borrowings  under the bridge  loan will be  secured  by our  pledge of  personal
property under the loan agreement.  In connection with the bridge loan we issued
to PNC Bank warrants to purchase up to 9,000 shares of our common stock.  In the
event that any amounts  under the bridge loan remain due on September  19, 2000,
we are obligated to issue an additional 2,000 warrants to PNC Bank. The warrants
are exercisable at $10.00 per share,  subject to adjustment for certain dilutive
issuances  through  June 2007.  PNC Bank was also  issued  certain  registration
rights  enabling  them to request to include the common stock  underlying  their
warrants in a registration statement filed by us.

     In  June  2000,  we  issued, in the aggregate, 333,648 shares of our common
stock  in  private  sale transaction with four accredited investors and received
cash compensation totalling approximately $3.6 million.

     We  believe  that  the  net  proceeds from this offering and our cash flows
from   operations  will  be  adequate  to  satisfy  our  cash  requirements  for
operations,  working  capital  and  capital expenditures for the next 24 months,
although  we  may seek to raise additional capital during that period. See "Risk
Factors--We  may require additional funding to execute our business strategy and
that  funding  may  not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all" for a
discussion  of  the investment risks associated with the possibility of our need
for additional financing.

RECENTLY ENACTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In  June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and  Hedging  Activities, " which establishes accounting and reporting standards
for  derivative  instruments  and hedging activities. As amended by Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 137, this standard will be effective for us
for  the years and quarters beginning after December 31, 2000, and requires that
we  recognize  all  derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement
of  financial  position and measure those instruments at fair value. We have not
completed  the  process  of  evaluating  the  impact  of  this statement and are
therefore  unable to predict the potential impact that implementing SFAS No. 133
will have on our financial position or results of operations.

     In  December  1999,  the  Securities  sand Exchange Commission issued Staff
Accounting  Bulletin  No.  101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. The
SAB  expresses  the Commission's views on applying generally accepted accounting
principles  to revenue recognition in financial statements. We do not expect the
application  of  the  SAB to have a material impact on our financial statements,
however,  certain  SEC  staff interpretations of the SAB have not been published
and  may  have  an  effect  on  the  applicability of the SAB in relation to our
consolidated financial statements.

     In  March  2000,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued FASB
Interpretation  No.  44,  "Accounting  for  Certain Transactions Involving Stock
Compensation,  an  Interpretation  of APB Opinion No. 25." With the exception of
certain  provisions  that  required  earlier application, this interpretation is
effective  for  all  applicable  transactions  beginning July 1, 2000. We do not
expect  that  the adoption of this interpretation will have a material impact on
our financial statements.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     Our  exposure  to  market  risk  for  changes  in  interest  rates  relates
primarily  to  the  increase or decrease in the amount of interest income we can
earn  on  our investment portfolio and on the increase or decrease in the amount
of  interest  expense  we  must pay with respect to our various outstanding debt
instruments.  Our  risk associated with fluctuating interest expense is limited,
however,  to  credit facilities that are closely tied to market rates. Under our
current  policies,  we do not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage
exposure  to interest rate changes. We ensure the safety and preservation of our
invested   principal   funds   by   limiting  default  risks,  market  risk  and
reinvestment  risk.  We  reduce  default  risk  by investing in investment grade
securities.  A  hypothetical  100  basis  point drop in interest rates along the
entire  interest  rate yield curve would not significantly affect the fair value
of  our  interest  sensitive  financial  instruments  at  December  31,  1998 or
December  31,  1999.  Declines in interest rates over time will, however, reduce
our  interest  income  and  expense  while increases in interest rates over time
will increase our interest income and expense.


                                       32
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     InforMax is a leading global provider of bioinformatic  software  solutions
for the analysis and interpretation of genomic, proteomic and other biomolecular
data. Since we introduced our Vector NTI Suite of desktop  applications in 1993,
we have sold our products to over 1,300 organizations worldwide,  including over
500 biotechnology,  pharmaceutical and agricultural-life  science companies, and
over 800 academic and government research institutions. Our customers, including
organizations such as Merck & Company,  Genzyme  Corporation,  Proctor & Gamble,
Johnson  &  Johnson,   Bristol-Myers  Squibb,   Pfizer,   AstraZeneca,   Diversa
Corporation,   Novartis  Agribusiness   Biotechnology  Research,  the  Whitehead
Institute  for  Biomedical  Research,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,
University of Tokyo and the National  Institutes of Health, rely on our software
products to achieve greater research productivity.

     Our  principal  software  products  are our  Vector  NTI Suite for  desktop
computers and our more powerful and more expensive GenoMax enterprise  computing
platform.  Driven  primarily  by  increased  sales of  Vector  NTI Suite and the
introduction  of GenoMax in late 1998, our products and  complementary  services
generated  $10 million in revenues in 1999,  representing  a four-year  compound
annual  growth  rate of 105%,  and a 143%  increase  over 1998.  Building on our
existing market  penetration,  we intend to grow our business through  increased
software  sales  and add new  revenue  through  professional  services,  content
channeling and distribution alliances,  and e-commerce offerings. As of June 30,
2000,  we employed  172 people,  including a sales and  marketing  team of 45, a
research and product  development team of 84 and an  implementation  and support
staff of 17.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     Bioinformatics  is  a  key enabling technology representing the convergence
of  molecular  biology,  information  technology,  and  Internet communications.
Bioinformatic   software   applications,   combined  with  automated  laboratory
research   techniques,   enable  researchers  to  efficiently  organize,  share,
analyze,  and interpret genomic, proteomic, and other biomolecular data. Genomic
data,  including  DNA sequences and genes, and proteomic data, including protein
function,  expression  and  interaction,  form  the  genetic  blueprint  for all
organisms.   Genomic   and   proteomic   factors   dictate  cellular  functions,
susceptibility  to  disease,  and  physical  characteristics. Researchers expect
that  analysis  of  such  data  will  lead  to  new ways to diagnose, treat, and
ultimately  prevent  many  of  the  thousands  of  disorders that affect humans.
Genomic   research   involving   other  organisms,  including  plants,  animals,
bacteria,  and  viruses, could yield further advances regarding human disorders,
as  well  as  improvements  in agricultural production, industrial processes and
environmental management.

Research is Producing a Flood of Genomic and other Biomolecular Data.

     Around  the  world,  researchers  in industry, academia, and government are
producing  vast  quantities  of data related to DNA sequences, gene function and
expression,   protein   sequence   and   expression,   protein   structure   and
interactions,   genetic   variation   and   cell  processes.  Numerous  emerging
laboratory  technologies, including biochips and microarrays, are automating and
accelerating  the  generation  of  much  of  this  data.  The following examples
indicate the rapid increase in available data:

     o    On  June  26,  2000,  the  Human  Genome  Project,   an  international
          collaboration  of academic and  government  research  institutes,  and
          Celera  Genomics,  each pursuing the parallel goal of deciphering  the
          human genome,  jointly  announced  that they had assembled the world's
          first working  draft of the entire human  genetic code,  consisting of
          approximately  3.12 billion chemical bases, the sub-units that make up
          DNA.


                                       33
<PAGE>

The  graphic  is a line  graph  that  plots the  growth of the  following  data;
"Sequences" and "Base Pairs of DNA," as contained in the GenBank  database.  The
resulting  line graph is enclosed  within a square,  the bottom line of which is
the X-axis of the line graph, and the left and right sides of which are the left
Y-axis  and right  Y-axis of the line  graph,  respectively.  The line  graph is
entitled  "Growth of GenBank,"  which  appears in bold font along the top of the
graphic outside of the square.

Outside of the square on the left  Y-axis,  appears  from the bottom to the top,
the numbers "0" through "8"," evenly spread out along the left Y-axis. Along the
middle  of the  left  Y-axis,  to the  left of the  numbers  appears  the  word,
"Sequences,"  printed  perpendicular to the title.  Atop the left Y-axis appears
the  phrase"(in  millions"),  serving as a key for the numbers  along the left-Y
axis.

Outside of the square on the right  Y-axis,  appears from the bottom to the top,
the numbers "0" through  "10,000",  evenly  spread out along the right Y-axis in
1,000 number  increments.  Along the middle of the right Y-axis, to the right of
the numbers appears the phrase,  "Base Pairs of DNA," printed  perpendicular  to
the title. Atop the right Y-axis appears the phrase"(in millions"), serving as a
key for the numbers along the right Y-axis.

Outside of the square  along the  X-axis,  appears  from the left  Y-axis to the
right Y-axis the years "1982"  through  "2000,"  evenly spread out in three year
increments.  Centered below that is the key for the data inside the square. From
the left the key  contains  a small  dark  shaded  rectangle  to the left of the
phrase "Base Pairs"  (noting that Base Pairs data in the line graph is expressed
in dark  shading).  Continuing  to the right the key  contains  a small  lightly
shaded  line  with a square in the  middle  to the left of the word  "Sequences"
(noting that  Sequences  data in the line graph is expressed as a lightly shaded
line with squares).

Inside the square the line graph plots the data points below
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>                       <C>

                      Sequences                 Base Pairs of DNA
1982                  606                       680,338
1983                  2,427                     2,274,029
1984                  4,175                     3,368,765
1985                  5,700                     5,204,420
1986                  9,978                     9,615,371
1987                  14,584                    15,514,776
1988                  20,579                    23,800,000
1989                  28,791                    34,762,585
1990                  39,533                    49,179,285
1991                  55,627                    71,947,426
1992                  78,608                    101,008,486
1993                  143,492                   157,152,442
1994                  215,273                   217,102,462
1995                  555,694                   384,939,485
1996                  1,021,211                 651,972,984
1997                  1,765,847                 1,160,300,687
1998                  2,837,897                 2,008,461,484
1999                  4,864,570                 3,841,163,011
2000                  7,077,000                 8,604,000,000
</TABLE>

     o    GenBank,  a National  Institutes of Health sponsored public repository
          of  genetic  sequences  of humans  and over  47,000  other  organisms,
          increased from  approximately  555,000  complete  sequences in 1995 to
          over  7.0  million  complete  sequences  as of  June  2000.  GenBank's
          database of nucleotide bases increased from  approximately 385 million
          bases in 1995 to over 8.6 billion bases as of June 2000.  The parallel
          chart reflects the growth in GenBank data through June 2000.

Bioinformatic  Software  Efficiently  Stores,  Organizes  and Integrates Growing
Volumes of Biomolecular Data.

     A  central  problem  now  facing  researchers is how to store, organize and
integrate  complex  and  rapidly  growing  data sets. Bioinformatic software can
incorporate  a  relational  database, enabling researchers to efficiently store,
organize  and  search  proteomic and genomic data according to the properties of
relevant  data  objects. Bioinformatic software can also provide a user-friendly
interface   for   efficient  access  to  numerous  in-house  and  Internet-based
databases of biomolecular information.

Bioinformatic Software Transforms Primary Data into Useful Knowledge.

     The  true  value  of the rapidly growing mass of genomic and proteomic data
lies  in  the  transformation  of  this data into advances in drug discovery and
development,   clinical   diagnostics,  agricultural  production,  environmental
management,  and industrial processes. Bioinformatic software allows researchers
to  incorporate  proprietary  and third party analytical algorithms and analysis
tools  to  interpret  and  translate  data into useful knowledge for application
across  a  variety  of  disciplines.  Bioinformatic  software  can also automate
database   queries,  analyses  and  reporting  of  research  results.  Automated
analysis  is  important because as biomolecular databases grow, researchers must
continuously update their analyses to reflect the new data.

Bioinformatic Software Facilitates Collaboration among Researchers.

     Due   to   the  volume  and  complexity  of  biomolecular  data,  efficient
collaboration  among  researchers within and across organizations is required to
accelerate   productivity.   Within   large  pharmaceutical  companies,  related
research  efforts  are  often  conducted across numerous research departments in
different  locations.  The  Human  Genome  Project,  carried out at academic and
government  research  institutes  around  the  world,  represents  an example of
inter-organizational  collaboration. Internet and intranet-enabled bioinformatic
software  solutions such as our Vector NTI Suite and GenoMax enterprise platform
serve  as  an information bridge allowing researchers to share data and results,
collaborate in analyses and better coordinate their efforts.

Bioinformatic  Software Provides an Efficient Interface for Online Data Sources.

     Currently,   researchers  can  access  over  500  public  domain  databases
containing  genomic,  proteomic  and  other biomolecular data over the Internet.
For  example,  the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) provides
access  to  GenBank  and its other databases through its Internet website, which
is  used  on  average  by  more  than  140,000 users per weekday who initiate an
average  of over 4 million queries per day. In addition, commercial providers of
genomic, proteomic and other biomolecular


                                       34
<PAGE>

data  often  provide  customers  with  access  to  proprietary  data through the
Internet.  Bioinformatic  software  can  act  as  a  researcher's interface with
diverse  online  databases.  The  Internet  also  enables  the  distribution  of
bioinformatic  software,  the use of bioinformatic software maintained on remote
computers, and the online purchase of products used in laboratory experiments.

MARKET OPPORTUNITIES IN BIOINFORMATICS

The Market for Bioinformatic Software is Large and Increasing

     An independent  industry report  estimates that customer  spending on third
party bioinformatic software  and data content was $290 million in 1998, growing
to $1.2 billion in 2005.  We believe that this growth is being driven in part by
organizations   increasingly   turning  to  external  vendors  of  bioinformatic
solutions,  allowing  them to focus  on their  core  research  competencies.  We
believe that market  growth for  bioinformatic  software  solutions is driven by
several  factors  common  to all  industries  engaged  in  biological  research,
including:

     o    the  difficulty  of managing and  integrating  the rapidly  increasing
          volumes of available biomolecular data;

     o    increased  demand for  productivity and cost efficiency by researchers
          engaging in biological discovery;

     o    the  advantages of making  front-end  technology  investments to avoid
          costly failures later in the research and development process; and

     o    the  opportunity  to claim  valuable  patent  rights  on  biomolecular
          information   underlying   diseases,   human  behavior,   agricultural
          productivity,  environmental  management,  industrial  processes,  and
          other areas.

     We   believe  that  our  software  products  provide  researchers  with  an
efficient  means  by  which  to  access  disparate data sources and the tools to
rapidly  interpret,  analyze and translate such data for application in numerous
disciplines.  Given  the  market  opportunities  created  by the applications of
genomic,   proteomic  and  other  biomolecular  data,  and  the  efficiency  and
productivity  gains  that  can  be  achieved  through  the  use of bioinformatic
software,  we  believe  that the market for our software solutions will continue
to increase.

Target Markets for Bioinformatic Software Applications

     Bioinformatic   software   facilitates   increased   research   efficiency,
productivity  and  collaboration  in  the numerous disciplines that apply a data
driven,   genomic   approach  to  biological  discovery.  In  1997,  there  were
approximately   373,500   scientists  and  engineers  engaged  in  research  and
development  in the life sciences and related sciences fields, including 171,700
in  commercial  organizations  and  201,800  in academic and government research
institutions.  We  believe that the current and future markets for bioinformatic
software  products  include  all  of the industries participating in the genomic
revolution, including:

       Pharmaceutical   and   Biotechnology   Companies.   There  are  over  250
   pharmaceutical  companies  and  2,200  biotechnology  companies worldwide. In
   1999,  pharmaceutical  companies  are  estimated  to have spent approximately
   $20.1  billion  in  research  and  development in the United States alone. In
   addition,   U.S.   biotechnology   companies  are  estimated  to  have  spent
   approximately  $9.9  billion  in research and development. Current  estimates
   suggest  that  over  90%  of  potential drug candidates fail at some point in
   the  development  process  and  that  bringing  a  new  drug to market  costs
   approximately   $500   million  and  requires  an  average  of  15  years  in
   development.  In  an  effort to increase the number and quality of marketable
   drug    candidates,    pharmaceutical   and   biotechnology   companies   are
   increasingly  moving  away  from the trial-and-error approach of conventional
   laboratory  research  to  a  more effective, data-intensive, genomic approach
   to drug discovery.

       Academic  and  Government  Research Institutions. Academic and government
   research  institutions,  including  the  international institutions that make
   up   the   Human  Genome  Project,  have  been  significant  participants  in
   biomolecular research and the advancement of genomics.


                                       35

<PAGE>
   Public  spending  on  such  research is expected to increase rapidly over the
   next  several  years.  Government  funding  for  the  National  Institutes of
   Health  increased  from  $13.6  billion in 1998 to $15.6 billion in 1999. The
   National  Institutes  of Health budget, over 65% of which is expected to fund
   grants  to  researchers and support internal research efforts, is expected to
   reach $17.8 billion in 2000, a 14% increase over 1999.

       Agricultural,   Environmental  and  Industrial  Biotechnology  Companies.
   Greater  knowledge  about  plant and animal genomes may enable researchers to
   engineer  stronger,  more  disease  resistant plants and animals, to increase
   farming   and   livestock   productivity,  to  develop  more  nutritious  and
   pesticide  free  foods;  and  to  cultivate  enzymes  that  aid in industrial
   processes   and   environmental   management.   By   reducing  discovery  and
   development  costs,  bioinformatic  software  may facilitate the creation and
   commercialization  of  agricultural,  environmental  and  industrial products
   and  technologies  that  might  otherwise  be  cost prohibitive and therefore
   unable to gain broad market acceptance.

       Emerging   Clinical   Genomics  Industry.  Industry  participants  expect
   genomics  and  the  study  of genetic variation to play a central role in the
   market  for  clinical diagnostics and the emerging market for customized drug
   therapies.  Through  the  analysis  of  genomic data, researchers are gaining
   improved  understanding  of  disease  onset  and  progress and are working to
   translate  these  findings  into  earlier-stage  and more accurate diagnostic
   tests.  In  addition,  researchers  engaged  in the emerging pharmacogenomics
   field  are  seeking  to determine how the millions of tiny genetic variations
   among   individuals   impact  drug  response,  and  thereby  develop  a  more
   personalized approach to medicine.

OUR SOLUTION

     In  response  to  the  challenges and market opportunities presented by the
genomic  revolution,  we  develop  and  deliver  to our customers a portfolio of
proprietary bioinformatic software products and complementary services.

     Our  software  products  are  flexible  and  scalable  and are  designed to
integrate with one another.  Our software  products provide access to public and
commercial  databases and are designed to provide  e-commerce  connectivity with
vendors of  laboratory  reagents.  Our products  are designed to be  stand-alone
applications  or  Internet-hosted   applications  provided  through  application
service providers. Our current and announced product portfolio includes:

   o Vector  NTI  Suite,  a  comprehensive  desktop  analysis  and visualization
     toolset  for  the  laboratory  scientist  engaged  in  genomic  and protein
     sequence   research.   Vector   NTI  Suite  contains  modules  that  enable
     researchers  to  store,  manage,  assemble  and  analyze biomolecular data.
     Vector  NTI  Suite  is  designed  to  reflect and simulate the workflow and
     analytical  processes  used  by  a laboratory researcher. Launched in 1993,
     Vector  NTI Suite is offered for both Microsoft Windows and Apple Macintosh
     operating  systems  and  has  been licensed to over 17,000 desktops at over
     1,300 organizations engaged in genomic research.

   o Vector  Enterprise,  designed  for researchers working in larger groups, or
     who  collaborate  with others on sequence analysis projects. Using a shared
     Oracle  relational  database,  Vector  Enterprise  is an enhancement to the
     Vector  NTI  Suite  that allows users to share data and results in a secure
     environment.  We anticipate commercially launching Vector Enterprise in the
     third quarter of 2000.

   o GenoMax,  a  large-scale  modular,  enterprise-wide data mining application
     that  integrates  multiple  genomic  data  types and enables researchers to
     automate   complex   analysis   tasks.   GenoMax   enables  researchers  to
     efficiently   store,   search,   manage   and   analyze  large  amounts  of
     biomolecular  data.  GenoMax  facilitates  research  collaboration  and  is
     designed  for  a  coordinated effort by a diverse team of scientists within
     or  across organizations. Launched in late 1998, GenoMax has been purchased
     by 16 organizations engaged in genomic research.


                                       36
<PAGE>

     Through  the  continued  expansion and enhancement of our product offerings
to  meet  the  needs  and preferences of our customers, we seek to establish our
software   products   as  the  effective  industry  standard  for  bioinformatic
solutions.

OUR ADVANTAGES

     We  believe  that  our competitive strengths, including those listed below,
position  us  to  continue  to  be  a  global  leader  in bioinformatic software
solutions:

Superior Products and a Broad Product Portfolio

     Benefiting  from  years  of  user  feedback,  we  have tailored our product
portfolio  to  meet  the  current  and  anticipated  needs  and  preferences  of
biomolecular  researchers. Our software solutions are flexible and scalable, can
integrate  with  each  other  and  can  incorporate  proprietary and third party
analytical  algorithms  and  data  sets. Our products contain advanced analysis,
visualization  and  simulation  tools  and  reflect  the natural workflow of the
laboratory  scientist.  Our  product  portfolio  includes  Vector  NTI Suite for
individual  researchers  or,  via  our  Dynamic  License  Server  which provides
numerous   users   concurrent  access  from  a  centralized  server,  groups  of
researchers.  Vector  Enterprise provides a Vector NTI Suite user group with the
additional  advantages  of  a  shared  relational database. GenoMax is a modular
enterprise  platform  that  can scale to meet the needs of smaller biotechnology
or  academic  customers  as  well as major pharmaceutical companies and research
institutions.  We  believe that our broad product offering and the sophisticated
and  user-friendly functionality of our products give us a competitive advantage
in the market for bioinformatic solutions.

Superior Bioinformatic Engineering Staff

     Software  engineering  for  commercial-grade   bioinformatic   applications
requires  a high  level of  understanding  of  software  programming,  molecular
biology and market requirements.  Our development teams are guided by experts in
molecular  biology  and  include  professional  software  engineers  trained  in
computer science, statistics,  mathematics, and physics. Our product development
staff has  functional  expertise  in C/C++,  Java,  MS Windows,  Apple OS, UNIX,
object-oriented design, system-level programming, relational database design and
development   (including   Oracle),   graphical  user   interface   programming,
bioinformatics and molecular biology. Our product development staff has played a
significant  role in  developing a  customized  data  delivery  platform for the
National  Center for  Biotechnology  Information's  (NCBI)  GenBank,  ENTREZ and
PubMed/MEDLINE  online  genomic  databases.  As of  June  30,  2000,  we  had 84
employees dedicated primarily to research and product development.

Large Existing Customer Franchise

     We are  currently a leading  provider of  bioinformatic  software  and have
attained a significant level of industry acceptance for our products. Introduced
in 1993, our Vector NTI Suite is currently  licensed to over 17,000  desktops at
over 1,300 commercial, academic and government research institutions,  including
almost all major pharmaceutical  companies and over 400 biotechnology companies.
Since  its  introduction  in late  1998,  we have  sold our  GenoMax  enterprise
platform to 16 pharmaceutical,  biotechnology, and academic customers, including
DuPont,  Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc., Genzyme Corporation,  BASF AG, the
Whitehead  Institute  for  Biomedical  Research,   Massachusetts   Institute  of
Technology  and the  University  of Tokyo.  Since October 1994, we have provided
software  development services to the NCBI at the National Institutes of Health,
the leading public sector provider of primary genomic and biomolecular data.

Vector NTI  Suite's  Market  Penetration  which  Creates  Opportunities  for New
Products and Business Lines

     Our  Vector  NTI  Suite  represents  an important strategic and competitive
advantage,  providing buyers with a lower cost means to validate the quality and
utility  of  our  software  solutions.  Moreover,  our  desktop  and  enterprise
applications integrate with one another and allow researchers to share


                                       37
<PAGE>

data   and   research   results   between  the  applications.  We  believe  that
connectivity  between  desktop  and  enterprise solutions and vendor familiarity
are  important  factors  in the selection of an enterprise solution. For many of
our  1,300  Vector  NTI  Suite  customers,  these considerations give GenoMax an
important  advantage  over  competing  enterprise  platforms.  At  the  time  of
purchase,  14  of  16  of our GenoMax enterprise customers were already users of
our  Vector  NTI  Suite.  We believe that we can leverage our significant Vector
NTI  Suite  customer  base  to  add  revenues  through new products and business
lines,  including  additional  professional  services,  content  channeling  and
distribution alliances, and e-commerce offerings.

Superior Sales and Marketing Capabilities

     We  have  funded  our growth primarily with internally generated cash flow.
As  a result, our sales and marketing team is focused on execution and committed
to  achieving  leadership  in  the markets we serve. We have built an aggressive
and  scalable  45  person  sales  and marketing organization whose mission is to
establish  our  products  as  the standard in the bioinformatics industry. In an
effort  to  gain further market penetration and increase our brand awareness, we
have  aligned  our software marketing efforts with technology leaders, including
Compaq,  Oracle,  and  Sun  Microsystems.  We  currently  maintain a staff of 15
representatives  to  provide  software implementation and customization services
and  technical  and customer support to our existing customer base. In an effort
to  ensure  that  our  development  pipeline satisfies evolving market needs and
preferences,  leaders  from our product development, implementation and support,
and sales and marketing teams regularly share customer feedback.

OUR STRATEGY

     Our  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  provider of bioinformatic software
solutions  and  establish  our  products  as  the  effective  industry standard.
Elements of our strategy to achieve these goals include:

Expand Our Customer Franchise Through Sales of Vector NTI Suite

     In  the  past 12 months we have expanded our Vector NTI Suite customer base
from  800 to over 1,300 organizations. We intend to expand and further penetrate
our  existing  Vector  NTI  Suite  customer  base.  To execute this strategy, we
intend   to   continue  to  improve  our  technologies  and  introduce  advanced
functionality  to Vector NTI Suite, including enhanced Internet connectivity. We
also  intend to broaden our sales and marketing efforts and establish and expand
upon  our  co-marketing  and  strategic  relationships  in  order  to expand our
desktop customer base.

Build  on  Vector  NTI  Suite's  Market  Penetration to Establish GenoMax as the
Leading Enterprise Platform

     We intend to leverage  the market  acceptance  of Vector NTI Suite to build
recognition and penetration of our GenoMax enterprise platform. Since its launch
in late 1998, we have sold our GenoMax enterprise system to 16 customers,  14 of
whom were  already  users of Vector NTI Suite.  We are  scheduled  to launch our
Vector Enterprise  product in the third quarter of 2000, and we expect to employ
a similar  strategy of  leveraging  the  existing  acceptance  of our Vector NTI
Suite. We also intend to continue to establish strategic industry  relationships
that  validate  the  effectiveness  and utility of GenoMax and  maximize  market
opportunities for our enterprise bioinformatic products.

Leverage Our Customer Base for New Business Lines

     We  intend  to  leverage  our  significant  customer  base  to add revenues
through  various  sources  including  new  business  lines  and  services. These
offerings include:

     Professional    Services.    We    provide    installation,    integration,
customization,  maintenance, support and user training to our GenoMax and larger
Vector  NTI  Suite customers on a fee for service basis. We believe that we will
be  able  to  increase  market penetration and customer loyalty for our software
solutions  by  increasing  the value-added professional services that we provide
to our customers.


                                       38
<PAGE>

     Channeling  and  Distribution  Alliances.  We  seek to enter into alliances
with  selected data content and technology providers and to integrate and market
their  biomolecular  data  and specialized bioinformatic hardware along with our
software  products.  To  date,  we  have entered into three agreements to resell
third party genomic content or technology hardware.

     e-Commerce  Offerings.  Vector  NTI  Suite allows researchers to design and
simulate  laboratory  experiments  and provides researchers with recommendations
for  reagents,  enzymes and other specific genomic material necessary to execute
actual  laboratory  experiments.  We  intend  to incorporate Internet hyperlinks
into  Vector  NTI  Suite  that  will  enable  users  to purchase these materials
directly  from  partnered  vendors.  We expect to generate transaction fees from
our  partnered  vendors  for providing them access to our user base at the point
of their research decisions.

Enhance and Expand our Technology

     We  intend  to  continue  to  enhance and expand our bioinformatic software
products  and  technology  to  meet  evolving customer needs and preferences. We
intend  to aggressively attract and retain additional personnel for our research
and  product development group including skilled software engineers, information
technology  professionals  and experts in molecular biology. We are scheduled to
launch  version upgrades to our GenoMax product in 2000 that contain significant
product  enhancements  and  are  scheduled  to  commercially  launch  our Vector
Enterprise   product  in  the  third  quarter  of  2000.  We  intend  to  pursue
opportunities  to  develop  products  for  new  applications, including clinical
diagnostics and personalized drug therapy.

Establish Strategic Relationships to Maximize our Revenues

     We  intend  to enter into strategic relationships with selected partners to
expand our customer base and product distribution channels, including:

   o Co-Marketing  Relationships.  We intend to continue to establish and expand
     our  co-marketing  relationships  with  leading organizations in our target
     markets.  We  believe  that  these  alliances  will  significantly increase
     global  market  awareness  of  and receptivity to our software products. In
     the  past 12 months, we have established such relationships with technology
     leaders including Compaq, Oracle, and Sun Microsystems.

   o Internet-hosted  Software  Delivery  Alliances.  We  intend  to provide our
     customers  with  access  to  our  software products through Internet-hosted
     services.  We  expect that by providing our software through an application
     service  provider's  Internet-based  network, we will be able to accelerate
     the  deployment and facilitate the management of our software solutions. In
     January  2000,  we  entered  into  an agreement with an application service
     provider   and   we   anticipate   offering   our   products   through  its
     Internet-based hosting network beginning in the third quarter of 2000.

Engage in Acquisitions and Strategic Investments

     Where  appropriate,  we will pursue acquisitions and strategic investments,
both  domestically  and internationally, to enter new markets and accelerate the
development  of comprehensive solutions to our customers' needs. We believe that
through   acquisitions  and  strategic  investments,  we  may  be  able  to  add
complementary  technologies,  products  and  services,  and  expand our customer
base.

                                       39
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


OUR PRODUCT AND SERVICE LINES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                   <C>
VECTOR  NTI  SUITE:  suite  of  desktop  applications  designed  for  individual
scientists engaged in genomic and proteomic research
</TABLE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 VERSION                  MODULES                      FUNCTIONS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                          <C>
 VECTOR NTI SUITE 6.0     VECTOR NTI                   data analysis and visualization
 (released Q2 2000)       BIOPLOT                      sequence analysis
                          ALIGNX                       multiple sequence alignments
                          CONTIGEXPRESS                sequence fragment assembly
                          3D MOL                       structure analysis and visualization
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>               <C>
VECTOR ENTERPRISE:        incorporates a shared relational database into a network of
(scheduled Q3 2000)       Vector NTI Suite applications to enable real-time collaboration
                          among multiple researchers in a secure environment.
                          (scheduled Q3 2000)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENOMAX ENTERPRISE:       large-scale, modular, enterprise-wide data mining and
                          analysis application
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 VERSION                  MODULES                      FUNCTIONS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                          <C>
 GENOMAX 2.5              GENE SEQUENCE                similarity searches, sequence alignments
 (released Q1 2000)       ANALYSIS                     and annotation

GENOMAX 3.0               GENE EXPRESSION ANALYSIS     management and visualization of microarray
 (scheduled Q3 2000)      PROTEIN 3-D STRUCTURE        data analysis and prediction of protein
                                                       molecular structure

FUTURE GENOMAX VERSIONS   GENOME VIEWING               chromosome and expressed sequence tag (EST)
                          PROTEIN-PROTEIN INTERACTION  mapping analysis of protein intracellulur
                          SNP ANALYSIS                 behavior genetic variation analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                    PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT      Consulting and software development services provided under contract

IMPLEMENTATION AND        Software installation, integration and customization for GenoMax customers
  SUPPORT SERVICES

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                           CHANNELING AND DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>
CONTENT CHANNELING AND    Partnerships to integrate and distribute third party data content
 HARDWARE RESELLING       and to distribute specialized bioinformatic hardware with our software

E-COMMERCE PARTNERING     Partnerships  to enable  Vector NTI Suite  customers to use  hyperlinks
                          to make online purchases of laboratory reagents, including those specified
                          by Vector NTI Suite's decision support functions
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


                                       40
<PAGE>
Software Products

     Our  portfolio of software products currently includes our Vector NTI Suite
desktop  application,  our  Vector Enterprise product and our GenoMax enterprise
platform.

 Vector NTI Suite

     Vector  NTI Suite is a comprehensive, integrated analysis and visualization
software  toolset  for  scientists  working  with genomic and proteomic data. We
launched  our  first  desktop  application in 1993 and released Vector NTI Suite
6.0,  our  sixth  generation  desktop  product,  in  June 2000. Vector NTI Suite
consists of five modules, each of which is described below:

   o Vector  NTI.  Vector  NTI provides the desktop researcher with a robust set
     of  bioinformatic  tools  to  create, analyze, map, manage, and graphically
     represent  biological  data.  Vector  NTI  incorporates  an object-oriented
     database  for the storage and organization of DNA and protein sequence data
     and  materials  used  in  recombinant  cloning including vectors, plasmids,
     oligonucleotides,  gel  markers,  and restriction enzymes. The database can
     be  sorted,  customized,  and  searched  according  to  the  properties  of
     relevant  data  objects.  Vector NTI has the ability to design recombinants
     based  on built-in biological knowledge and selected user preferences which
     accelerates  the  complex  and  time-consuming process of designing cloning
     experiments.  By  developing  cloning  strategies  before performing actual
     laboratory  work,  users save valuable research time, reduce reagent costs,
     and  enhance the prospects for a successful cloning experiment. Through its
     simulation   function,   Vector  NTI  recommends  necessary  protocols  and
     reagents  to  complete  the  experiment.  Vector  NTI  includes  tools  for
     restriction  enzyme analysis (for cutting DNA sequences), PCR primer design
     (involving  methods  for  amplifying  a DNA sequence), mutagenesis analysis
     (involving  the  study  and  induction of mutations), and simulation of gel
     electrophoresis  (a  method  of  separating DNA fragments and proteins from
     similar  molecules).  Through  Vector  NTI's  sophisticated  graphical user
     interface, researchers can visualize their data and results of analysis.

   o BioPlot.  BioPlot  is  a  protein  and  nucleic acid sequence analysis tool
     that  plots  more  than  fifty  different pre-defined physical and chemical
     protein  analysis  types  and  links  them  with  feature  maps  and actual
     sequences.  Amino  acid scaling allows visualization of the distribution of
     the  structural  and  chemical  properties of amino acids along a molecular
     chain,  providing  clues as to the functional properties of protein regions
     or  domains.  These functional properties allow researchers to more quickly
     identify and understand regions of interest in molecules under study.

   o AlignX.  AlignX  allows  researchers  to  create and edit multiple sequence
     alignments  of proteins or nucleotides. The multi-pane view allows relevant
     domains  in  individual  sequences  to be linked, localized and compared in
     their  alignment  and  in  plots  of  similarity  and  sequence complexity,
     referred  to  as  homology.  AlignX integrates actively with Vector NTI and
     can  read  a multitude of data formats, a capability common to every module
     in the Vector NTI Suite.

   o ContigExpress.  ContigExpress  allows  the  user  to  take  small  analyzed
     sequence fragments, either in text format or from sequencing chromatograms,
     the output from automated  sequencers,  and visually assemble them together
     into a longer,  contiguous sequence.  ContigExpress further allows the user
     to edit the fragments directly,  with the chromatograms in full view, while
     it tracks all the changes made. The ability to simultaneously show sequence
     and trace data allows the  researcher to inspect the relative  intensity of
     the sequencing chromatogram and modify the called base, if needed.

   o 3D MOL.  Released  as part of Vector  NTI  Suite  6.0,  this  tool  enables
     researchers  to analyze and visualize  molecule  structures  using numerous
     display modes. 3D MOL enables researchers to manipulate the 3D structure of
     protein and DNA sequences  linked to amino acids and nucleotide  sequences.
     The analytical  features of 3D MOL enable researchers to measure distances,
     angles and torsion angles.


                                       41
<PAGE>

  Benefits of Vector NTI Suite

     The benefits of our Vector NTI Suite include:

   o Integrated  Software  Suite.  Vector  NTI Suite includes a fully searchable
     database  template that allows researchers to store and manage DNA, protein
     molecules,  enzymes,  and  other biomolecular data. Vector NTI Suite allows
     users  to perform analyses involving several integrated applications and to
     store  and  move  data  objects between the components of the desktop suite
     without reformatting between applications.

   o Open  Architecture.  Vector  NTI  Suite  is  offered  for  both Windows and
     Macintosh  operating  systems  and  can  accommodate  data in numerous text
     formats  used  in  the  research  world  including  FASTA,  GenBank,  EMBL,
     SWISS-PROT,  GenPept  and  ASCII. The software can run from a single static
     license  for  one  machine  or  with  our  Dynamic  License Server that can
     allocate   a  pre-defined  number  of  users  running  the  software  on  a
     centralized  server.  The Dynamic License Server creates an easily scalable
     environment,  where  the number of concurrent licenses can be set according
     to the expected usage.

   o Research  Logic  System  Reflects  Scientists' Natural Workflow. Vector NTI
     Suite   eliminates   many  of  the  time-consuming  laboratory  design  and
     execution  processes  by  generating  protocols and suggestions for cloning
     strategies,  PCR  primers  and oligo design, restriction fragment analysis,
     mutagenesis  analysis,  protein  and  DNA/RNA  analyses,  multiple sequence
     alignments,  and  contig  assembly.  Researchers  are  also able to use the
     graphical  features  of  Vector  NTI  Suite to produce presentation quality
     materials describing the results of their research.

   o Internet  Connectivity.  Vector NTI Suite provides  connectivity to over 20
     Internet sites for searching and importing fully  annotated  molecules back
     into Vector NTI Suite for further  manipulation  and  analysis.  Vector NTI
     Suite can  analyze  these  data  along with data  collected  from  internal
     research as well as data from other publicly available sources.  Vector NTI
     Suite 6.0 incorporates enhanced Internet connectivity, providing users with
     e-commerce  capability  directly  through our software.  We intend to enter
     into  partnering  arrangements  by which this  feature  will allow users to
     purchase  through the Internet  reagents  suggested by Vector NTI Suite and
     other   biomolecular   material  necessary  to  conduct  actual  laboratory
     experiments.

   o Transparent  Data  Searching.  Vector  NTI  Suite 6.0 allows researchers to
     conduct  BLAST  homology  searches  and query the ENTREZ and PubMed/MEDLINE
     databases  at the NCBI through the desktop application without the need for
     a  web  browser.  BLAST is the NCBI's basic local alignment search tool and
     involves  the use of an algorithm to search online databases to compare any
     newly  discovered DNA or protein sequence with known sequences. The results
     of   this   algorithm,  which  allows  the  identification  of  regions  of
     similarity  between  sequence data, can be stored and managed by Vector NTI
     Suite.  The  ENTREZ  and PubMed/MEDLINE search system allows researchers to
     search  the  NCBI  databases  of  biomolecular  data and perform scientific
     literature  searches. Results of such searches can be stored and managed by
     Vector NTI Suite for later use or presentation.

   o Application  Facilitates  Research  Collaboration.  Vector NTI Suite allows
     researchers  to  share  and  exchange  data and research results from their
     individual  databases between several installations of Vector NTI Suite. In
     addition,  Vector  NTI  Suite  supports  special document types that can be
     used   as   "packagers"   for  heterogeneous  data  and  research  results.
     Geographically  distributed  users  may  exchange  these  documents and use
     Vector  NTI  Suite's  graphical  viewers to visualize each others' research
     results.

 Vector Enterprise

     Our  Vector Enterprise database software is designed for biologists working
in  larger  research  groups,  or  those  who  need to work collaboratively with
others  on  sequence  analysis  projects. Vector Enterprise is an enhancement to
the basic Vector NTI Suite and relies on a shared Oracle relational


                                       42
<PAGE>

database  to  store  user  data  and  results.  This product is coupled with the
desktop  database already present in the Vector NTI Suite and permits multi-user
access  and  data  sharing  across  entire  companies  or  organizations  by all
researchers  using  Vector  NTI Suite, with secure data storage and analysis. We
are  scheduled  to commercially launch the first version of Vector Enterprise in
the third quarter of 2000.

 GenoMax Enterprise Solutions

     GenoMax  is  a  large-scale,  enterprise-wide, data-mining application that
enables  research  organizations  to  store, manage, integrate and analyze large
amounts   of   genomic  and  proteomic  data  from  disparate  sources.  GenoMax
incorporates  proprietary  and third party analytical tools that perform complex
integrated  analyses  across  multiple experiment types that are not possible on
desktop  programs.  GenoMax  relies  upon our user-friendly, Java-based Research
Logic  interface system and maintains an open architecture that allows new tools
and  proprietary  algorithms  to be incorporated into the GenoMax framework. The
GenoMax  architecture  supports access to the system through Intranet, wide area
network  or  dedicated Internet connectivity, while preserving data security and
integrity.  GenoMax  enables  multiple  users  to  collaborate in the design and
execution  of  research ranging from molecule analysis and annotation to complex
bioinformatic  algorithms.  The  combination  of a collaborative environment and
sophisticated   data   mining  and  management  capabilities  makes  GenoMax  an
effective tool for coordinated genomics research.

     GenoMax  was originally launched under the brand name Software Solution for
Bio-Medicine  in September 1998. Our current GenoMax 2.5 version was launched in
March  2000  and  includes  a  gene  sequence analysis module with functionality
including  database  similarity searches, multiple sequence alignments, sequence
annotation  and  visualization,  and  restriction  enzyme analysis. GenoMax 3.0,
which  is  scheduled  for  release  in  the  third  quarter  of  2000,  includes
enhancements  such  as fully distributed computing for analyses, data management
and  storage  in  order  to  achieve improved scalability and to fully utilize a
client's existing computing infrastructure.

  GenoMax Enterprise Solutions Modules

     The  following  modules  are  currently  in  development and expected to be
included in future versions of our GenoMax enterprise solution:

   o Gene Sequence Analysis:  for database  similarity  searches including BLAST
     and  FASTA,   multiple  sequence   alignments,   sequence   annotation  and
     visualization,  restriction  enzyme  analysis,  automated search agents and
     proprietary  sequence  comparison tools. This module is currently available
     with GenoMax 2.5 and is scheduled to be enhanced as part of GenoMax 3.0.

   o Gene  Expression  Analysis:  for  management, analysis and visualization of
     microarray  data.  This  module is scheduled for release as part of GenoMax
     3.0.

   o Protein  3D  Structure:  for prediction and analysis of tertiary structures
     of  proteins  including  molecular  structure. This module is scheduled for
     release as part of GenoMax 3.0.

   o Genome  Viewing:  for  visualization  and  analysis  of chromosome maps and
     mapping  of expressed sequence tag (EST) clusters, transcripts, and genomic
     sequences. This module is currently in development.

   o Protein-Protein   Interactions:   for  analysis  of  protein  intracellular
     behavior. This module is currently in development.

   o Single  Nucleotide  Polymorphism (SNP) Analysis: designed to manage rapidly
     growing  volumes of data on these tiny genetic variations, this module is a
     key  analysis  tool  for  research  in  pharmacogenomics.  This  module  is
     currently in development.


                                       43
<PAGE>

  Benefits of GenoMax

     The benefits of our GenoMax Enterprise Solution include:

   o Collaboration-Oriented  Architecture.  GenoMax  is a client-server software
     solution   that  allows  collaboration  within  and  across  organizations.
     Multiple  users  may  simultaneously search and analyze large quantities of
     data  and  share their results. Computationally intensive algorithms run on
     the  server  side,  while  the  results  are  delivered  on the client side
     through   an   intuitive  Java-based  graphical  user  interface,  enabling
     real-time  feedback  with  the  central server, other users, and with third
     parties.  GenoMax secures research analyses behind a corporate firewall and
     incorporates  a  flexible hierarchy of user rights, giving managers control
     of  research  projects  and  permitting  administrators  to customize their
     security needs by adding and deleting authorized users as necessary.

   o Large-Scale   Data   Processing/   High  Throughput  Research.  GenoMax  is
     designed  to  accommodate  the  needs of research institutions that analyze
     large  amounts  of  genomic,  proteomic and biomolecular data from multiple
     sources.  The  Oracle  relational  database  system that is integrated into
     GenoMax  automatically  updates  databases  from  public  and  subscription
     sources  and  includes alert mechanisms that notify users when new data has
     been  imported.  Data  can be accessed and analyzed by researchers manually
     or  automatically  through  GenoMax's High Throughput Research system which
     allows  researchers  to  create  sophisticated analysis protocols and apply
     them to process data on a 24-hour basis.

   o Flexible   Bioinformatic  Framework.  GenoMax  supports  a  wide  range  of
     data-mining  algorithms,  including  BLAST,  FASTA,  HMM,  flexible pattern
     search,  ORF  analysis,  and homology blocks search. GenoMax's architecture
     is  open,  scalable,  secure, and easily extended so that our customers may
     incorporate   client-developed   and   publicly  available  algorithms  and
     solutions.  To  enhance  efficiency, GenoMax includes data management tools
     for  organized storage and analysis and employs results filtering to select
     the most useful results according to user specifications.

Professional Services

     Software  Development.  As  part of our growth strategy, we have developed,
and  intend  to  expand, our  partnerships with genomic content providers. These
relationships  provide  us  with  additional revenue opportunities, and broaden,
validate,  and  reinforce  our bioinformatic capabilities and brand recognition.
Since  October 1994, we have provided software development services to the NCBI,
a  division  of  the  National Library of Medicine at the National Institutes of
Health.  NCBI  maintains  the  world's  largest  databases  of genomic and other
biomolecular  data,  which  are  available  via the Internet to all participants
engaged  in  genetic  and biological research. We have played a significant role
in  the  development  of  the  public content delivery interfaces for the NCBI's
databases,  including GenBank, ENTREZ, and PubMed/MEDLINE. Our relationship with
NCBI  allows  us  to  work  with  the  world's  largest genomic and biomolecular
databases,  covering  diverse  sets  of  information.  NCBI  contracts for these
services  through  intermediaries  for  whom  InforMax is a subcontractor. These
government contracts may be terminated on the behalf of the NCBI at any time.

     Implementation   and  Support  Services.  Our  implementation  and  support
services   group   provides   installation,   integration,   customization,  and
maintenance  support to our customers. We provide professional services on a fee
for  service  basis  for  our GenoMax and larger Vector NTI Suite customers. Our
implementation   and   support   group  includes  professionals  experienced  in
implementing  our  software  in conjunction with systems manufactured by leading
technology  companies including Compaq, Oracle, and Sun Microsystems. We respond
to  requests  for  customer support through numerous channels. Our service group
also  provides  training  and  educational  programs  to  researchers  using our
products.

Channeling and Distribution Alliances.

     Content  Channeling  Relationships.  We  have  entered  into  and intend to
continue  to seek distribution or reselling agreements with various biomolecular
data  content  providers to sell subscriptions to their data sets to our GenoMax
and Vector NTI Suite customers. These alliances


                                       44
<PAGE>

leverage  our  market  presence  and  use  our  software  as  an integration and
analysis  tool  for the data content of our partners. Through such arrangements,
we  seek to share in ongoing subscription content revenues and receive a portion
of  milestone payments and royalties resulting from end-user discoveries derived
from  this  content.  To date, we have entered into alliances with the following
organizations:

   o AxCell  Biosciences  Corporation.  In  August  1999,  we  entered  into  an
     agreement  with  AxCell  Biosciences,  a wholly owned subsidiary of Cytogen
     Corporation,  to  market  AxCell's  proprietary protein-protein interaction
     database  with  our  GenoMax  enterprise product. AxCell is a leader in the
     production  of  protein-protein  interaction data. Under this agreement, we
     will  develop  and  market, on a subscription basis, a product that couples
     AxCell's   proprietary   protein  databases  with  our  GenoMax  enterprise
     platform.  Under  this agreement, we will receive a portion of subscription
     revenues,  and milestone payments and royalties associated with discoveries
     based on data delivered via our content platform.

   o Centre  National de la Recherche  Scientifique  (CNRS).  In March 2000,  we
     entered into a letter of intent with CNRS, the French  National  Center for
     Scientific Research, to market CNRS's databases with our GenoMax enterprise
     product.  CNRS  maintains  proprietary  databases  containing  data on gene
     structure,  expression,  and location within the human genome. This product
     would be  marketed  on a  subscription  basis and we would be  entitled  to
     receive a portion  of the net  revenue  from sales to our  customers  and a
     portion of any milestone payments and royalties.  The letter of intent also
     provides  for us to work  with  CNRS to  establish  a  European  Center  of
     Excellence  in  Computational  Genomics  and  Proteomics  to be  located in
     Villejuif, France.

     Hardware  Reselling  Alliances. We believe that we can further leverage our
market  presence and increase our product offerings to our customers by entering
into  distribution and reselling agreements with selected bioinformatic hardware
companies.   In   March  2000,  we  entered  into  an  alliance  with  TimeLogic
Corporation  to  link  its  DeCypher  genomic analysis accelerator products that
speed  data  mining,  with  our  GenoMax  enterprise  platform. Pursuant to this
agreement,  we  will  market  DeCypher  to  our customers along with our GenoMax
product and share in a portion of net revenues and maintenance fees.

     e-Commerce  Opportunities.  Researchers  use our Vector NTI Suite to design
and  simulate laboratory experiments. Vector NTI Suite provides researchers with
specific  experimental  protocols and recommendations for reagents, enzymes, and
other   specific   genomic  material  necessary  to  execute  actual  laboratory
experiments.  To  extend  this  functionality, we intend to incorporate Internet
hyperlinks  into  our  Vector  NTI  Suite  product  to  enable users to purchase
genomic  products and materials relevant to their research directly from online,
partnered   reagent  vendors.  We  expect  to  generate  transaction  fees  from
partnered  vendors  for  providing  them access to our user base at the point of
their research decisions.

CUSTOMERS

     We  license our desktop software solutions to pharmaceutical, biotechnology
and  agricultural  life  science  companies,  academic  and  government research
institutions,   and  individual  researchers.  Vector  NTI  Suite  is  currently
licensed  to  over  17,000  desktops  at 1,300 organizations, including over 500
pharmaceutical,  biotechnology  and  agricultural life-science companies and 800
academic  and  government  research  institutions.  Introduced in late 1998, our
GenoMax  enterprise  platform  has  been  purchased  by  16 customers. Our major
customers include:


                                       45
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                                 <C>
Pharmaceutical and Agricultural Life Science Companies
o AstraZeneca UK Limited           o E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company               o Pfizer, Inc.
o Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.    o Hoechst Marion Roussel                            o Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
o BASF AG                          o Johnson & Johnson                                 o Eli Lilly and Company
o Bristol-Myers Squibb Company     o Merck & Company, Inc.                             o Novartis Agribusiness
                                                                                         Biotechnology Research, Inc.
Biotechnology Companies
o Amgen Inc.                       o Biofrontera Pharmaceuticals GmbH                  o Genzyme Corporation
o Aurora Biosciences Corporation   o Diversa Corporation                               o Microbia Incorporated

Academic and Government Research Institutions
o Katholieke Universiteit Leuven   o National Institutes of Health                     o University of Pennsylvania
o European Molecular Biology       o The Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research   o Washington University in St. Louis
 Laboratory (EMBL)                 o Massachusetts Institute of Technology             o University of Tokyo
</TABLE>

MARKETING AND SALES

     Our marketing and sales force consists of 45 employees.  Our marketing team
uses a variety of strategies to increase brand  recognition for our products and
reach a broader  base of  potential  customers  for our  bioinformatic  software
solutions.  In addition,  the efforts of our service and implementation group to
educate,  convert,  and train researchers on our enterprise and desktop products
support our marketing efforts.

     Our sales force is divided into territorial  revenue teams.  Each territory
is headed by a regional  sales vice  president and includes a team  dedicated to
direct sales  efforts for our GenoMax  enterprise  software  solutions.  GenoMax
enterprise  sales  involve a  significantly  longer and more complex sales cycle
than our desktop  applications,  often  involving many levels of procurement and
purchasing decisions by a customer organization.

     Each  territorial  revenue  team also includes a tele-sales team focused on
sales  of  our  Vector  NTI Suite of desktop applications. Historical experience
shows  the  typical  sales  cycle  to  be  30  to  60 days from an indication of
interest  to  a  purchase  order.  In  addition,  Vector NTI Suite consists of a
number  of  component  modules,  which allows us to market to new users at a low
initial  price  and  sell  additional  modules  later.  We  also  offer flexible
licensing  alternatives  that  allow  us  to  price consistently across customer
organizations of different sizes.

CO-MARKETING ALLIANCES

     In  connection  with  our sales and marketing efforts, we seek to establish
strategic   alliances   and  co-marketing  relationships  to  accelerate  market
penetration  of  our  bioinformatic  software.  We  believe  that  purchasers of
bioinformatic  software  often look to market leaders in technology to keep them
abreast  of possible emerging industry standards. We also believe that customers
often  select technology leaders because of a perception that there is a reduced
risk  in  making a technology commitment. We have established relationships with
the following leaders in the technology industry:

   o Compaq.  We  jointly  market  our  software products with Compaq technology
     and  benefit  from  a financing arrangement in which Compaq leases computer
     hardware  that is coupled together with our software to its customers. This
     turnkey   approach   reduces   financial   barriers,  and  streamlines  the
     installation  of  our  enterprise software solutions by pre-loading it onto
     Compaq  servers.  Compaq  also has agreed to feature our GenoMax enterprise
     software  in  its  Center  for  Excellence  in  Bioinformatics,  one of its
     technology  demonstration  sites targeted to the biotechnology industry. In
     June  2000,  we jointly conducted a nine-city seminar series with Compaq on
     enhanced biological data mining and integrated genomic analysis.

   o Oracle.  We  jointly market our software products with Oracle databases and
     cooperate  in  the  re-selling  of  Oracle database technology. We are also
     working  with  Oracle  to  streamline  the  installation  of our enterprise
     software  solutions and maximize the functionality and cooperative features
     of our technologies.


                                       46
<PAGE>

   o Sun  Microsystems.  We  jointly  market our software products in connection
     with  the  sale  of  Sun Microsystems servers to industry participants. Sun
     also  has  agreed  to install our GenoMax enterprise platform in one of its
     key technology demonstration sites.

     Web-based  Provision  of  Bioinformatic  Software  Applications. In January
2000,  we  entered  into  an  alliance  with  an  application  service  provider
specializing   in   Internet-hosted   research  informatics  solutions  for  the
biopharmaceutical  market,  to  offer  our GenoMax and Vector NTI Suite software
solutions  as  Web-based,  hosted  applications. We expect that by providing our
software  through an application service provider, we will be able to accelerate
the  deployment  and  facilitate  the  management  of our software solutions. We
intend  to  begin  providing  our  bioinformatic software solutions through this
Internet-hosted method in late 2000.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     Recruiting  and  retaining  skilled  personnel for our research and product
development group is a critical  component of our current and future competitive
success.  As of June  30,  2000,  we had 84  employees  dedicated  primarily  to
research and product development.  Our research and development team consists of
applications   and   systems   programmers,    database   administrators,    and
bioinformatics  designers,  numerous of which have  experience  in both computer
science and molecular biology.  To date, we have not encountered any significant
turnover in our research and product  development group, and we believe that our
products and services have benefited from this level of continuity. Our research
and  development  expenditures in 1997,  1998, and 1999 were $0.5 million,  $1.2
million,  and $2.6 million,  respectively,  and $1.0 million for the first three
months of 2000.

     Our  research  and product development group possesses core competencies in
C/C++,  Java,  MS  Windows, Apple OS, UNIX, object-oriented design, system-level
programming,  relational  database  design  and  development (including Oracle),
graphical  user  interface  programming,  bioinformatics, and molecular biology.
Our  team  has  a  significant level of aptitude in working with a wide array of
biomolecular  data,  including  DNA  and  protein sequences and structures, gene
expression,  genetic maps, protein-protein interaction, and SNPs. We continue to
enhance  our  existing  products  in an effort to expand their functionality and
utility.  Our  research  and  product  development  team  seeks  to  develop new
products  that  use  computational  methods  to  further  understand  biological
processes   and   enable  users  of  genomic  data  to  realize  efficiency  and
productivity gains.

COMPETITION

     We   believe  that  the  principal  competitive  factors  in  the  evolving
bioinformatic software industry include:

     o functionality and ease of use of software products;

     o rapid incorporation of technological and biomolecular innovations;

     o product flexibility, scalability, and integration;

     o level   of   customer   service,   product  implementation,  and  support
       functions;

     o existing market penetration and brand awareness;

     o alliances with strategic partners and technology market leaders; and

     o price.

     We  face, and expect to continue to face, competition for market leadership
from industry participants, including:

     o other bioinformatic software companies;

     o "in-house"  software  development  groups of companies engaged in genomic
       research, including genomic and proteomic data providers;

     o third party software and information technology vendors;

                                       47
<PAGE>

     o academic, private, and government research institutions; and

     o companies delivering Internet-enabled bioinformatic software tools.

     We  believe  that  in response to existing and future market opportunities,
there  is a strong likelihood of additional market participants, including large
software  applications companies. Many of our current and potential competitors,
including   academic   and   government   research  institutions,  software  and
information   technology  vendors,  and  genomic  data  providers,  have  longer
operating  histories,  stronger  name  recognition,  and  significantly  greater
financial,  technical,  and marketing resources than we do. As a result of these
advantages,  these  competitors  may  be  better  able  to adopt more aggressive
pricing  policies  and  better  positioned  to  respond  to  changes in customer
preference or technology.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     We  believe  that  the proprietary protection of our bioinformatic software
products  is  critical to the success of our business and our ability to compete
effectively.  We  rely upon a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and
trademark   laws,   license  agreements,  nondisclosure  and  other  contractual
provisions  to  protect  our proprietary rights in our products, technology, and
processes.  In  January  2000,  Dr. Vadim Babenko, our Chief Technology Officer,
assigned  to us an application for a United States patent directed to InforMax's
approach   to  integrated  access  to  biomedical  resources.  Dr.  Babenko  has
previously  assigned  to  us  two copyrights relating to our Vector NTI Suite of
desktop  applications. To date, we have been issued U.S. trademark registrations
for  the  marks  InforMax  &  Double  Helix Design and Vector NTI. We have filed
trademark  applications  in  the  U.S.  for  the  marks  GenoMax,  InforMax, the
InforMax  Double  Helix Logo Design, AlignX, BioPlot, HTR, HTR Partners Program,
SSBM,   ContigExpress,  High-Throughput  Research,  and  Software  Solution  for
Bio-Medicine,  among  others.  In addition, we have filed trademark applications
in  the  European  Community  Trademark  Office  ("CTM")  for  the marks AlignX,
BioPlot,  Vector  NTI  Suite,  ContigExpress, Software Solution for Bio-Medicine
(SSBM).  We  have  pledged our trademarks to PNC Bank, National Association as a
security for the facilities under our loan agreement.

     Two  oppositions to our CTM trademark application for Vector NTI Suite have
been  filed.  We  are in the process of negotiations to settle these oppositions
and believe that an amicable settlement can be reached.

     Additional  trademark  registrations  in  France  for  the  marks  Align.X,
Vector.NTI,  and  Software  Solution  For Bio-Medicine, among others, are in the
process of being assigned to us by our wholly-owned French subsidiary.

     We  believe  that the source code for our proprietary software solutions is
protected  under applicable copyright and trade secret law in the United States.
Comparable  and  effective  copyright  and  trade  secret  protection may not be
available in each country where we distribute our products.

     We  regularly  enter  into  confidentiality  agreements with our employees,
consultants,  and strategic partners and generally seek to control access to and
distribution  of our software, documentation, and other proprietary information.
We  may  nonetheless  be  subject  to  unauthorized  access  to, and use of, our
software  products. In addition, third parties may be able to develop technology
substantially  similar  to  our  existing  and  future software solutions. These
events  could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

EMPLOYEES

     As of June 30, 2000, we had 172 full-time employees, including 84 employees
primarily engaged in research and product development, 45 in sales and marketing
and 17 in  implementation  and support.  We believe that our future success will
depend  in part  on our  continued  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified
personnel.  Competition  for these  personnel  is  intense,  and there can be no
assurance that we will be successful in attracting or retaining  these personnel
in the future. None of our employees is currently represented under a collective
bargaining agreement, and we consider relations with our employees to be good.


                                       48
<PAGE>

FACILITIES

     We  currently  lease  approximately  24,400 square feet of office space for
our  headquarters  in  Rockville,  Maryland for approximately $620,000 per year,
subject  to  an  annual  three  percent  rent escalation. The term of this lease
expires  in  July  2006.  We  maintain  additional  offices  in  Annapolis,  San
Francisco,  Denver,  and  Oxford,  England,  and  have  sales representatives in
Boston  and  Bonn,  Germany.  We believe that we will be able to obtain suitable
additional or substitute space as necessary at commercially reasonable rates.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


     Our  executive  officers, key employees and directors, and their ages as of
the date of this prospectus, are as follows:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                             AGE  POSITION
------------------------------- ----- -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>   <C>
Alex Titomirov, Ph.D ..........  40   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and
                                      Chief Executive Officer
James Bernstein, M.D ..........  61   Director, Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice
                                      President, Strategic Development
Vadim Babenko, Ph.D ...........  38   Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President,
                                      Research and Product Development
Joseph Lehnen .................  40   Chief Financial Officer
Timothy Sullivan ..............  40   Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales
Richard Melzer ................  44   Vice President, Global Sales
Dean Goddette, Ph.D. ..........  42   Vice President, Marketing
Peter Covitz, Ph.D ............  35   Director of Implementation and Support Services
Hooks Johnston ................  38   Director
Harry D'Andrea ................  44   Director
</TABLE>

----------
     Alex  Titomirov,  Ph.D.,  is  the founder of InforMax and has served as our
President,  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors since
our  inception  in  1990.  Dr.  Titomirov  is  also the Chairman of the Board of
Directors  of  RealTimeHealth.com,  Inc., a development stage company monitoring
genetic  profiles  over  the Internet. Prior to founding InforMax, Dr. Titomirov
participated   in  research  on  the  developmentally  regulated  expression  of
mammalian  cells  for  gene  targeting  at the Laboratory of Mammalian Genes and
Development  at  the  National  Institutes  of  Health.  Upon his arrival in the
United  States  in  1989,  Dr.  Titomirov  served as a visiting scientist at the
Department  of  Microbiology  at Columbia University. While in the former Soviet
Union,  Dr.  Titomirov served as Group Leader of a research team in the field of
DNA  transfer  technology  at  the Institute of Molecular Biology in Moscow, and
served  as  Head  of  Theoretical  Seminars  at  the  Laboratory  of  Functional
Morphology  of  Chromosomes.  Dr.  Titomirov  has also served as a member of the
Grant  Committee  of  the  Russian  Academy of Sciences and an instructor at the
Moscow   Physical  Technical  Institute.  Dr.  Titomirov  earned  his  Ph.D.  in
Molecular  Genetics  in  1986 from the Institute of Cytology, Russian Academy of
Sciences  in  St. Petersburg, Russia, and his M.S. in Molecular Genetics in 1982
from St. Petersburg State University.

     James  Bernstein, M.D., has served as a director since our inception and as
our   Chief   Operating  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President  of  Strategic
Development  since  1998.  Dr.  Bernstein is a founder and director of Age Wave,
L.L.C.,  a  holding company that develops businesses driven by population aging,
and  Chairman  of  Age  Wave  Impact,  Inc.,  a  relationship  marketing company
focusing  on the 50+ population. From 1989 to 1994, Dr. Bernstein was engaged in
the  development  of  a  private company for the distribution of pharmaceuticals
and  over-the-counter  medicines  in the former Soviet Union. Dr. Bernstein is a
founder  and  former  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  General  Health,  Inc.,  an
information  publishing  company  in  the  field  of  health risk assessment and
management.  Dr.  Bernstein  has  served as a special consultant to the National
Heart,  Lung  and  Blood  Institute  of the National Institutes of Health with a
focus  on  disease  prevention,  control  and  physician education. Prior to his
tenure  at  NIH,  he  was  a Deputy Director of the Georgetown University Health
Policy  Center.  From  1972  to  1974,  Dr.  Bernstein  headed the office of the
Chairman  of  the Board of Supervisors of San Diego County, California. Prior to
his  government service, Dr. Bernstein was a research associate and Assistant to
the  President  of  the  Salk Institute. Dr. Bernstein received his M.D. in 1964
from  Cornell  University Medical College and his Bachelor's degree in 1960 from
Harvard College.


                                       50
<PAGE>

     Vadim  Babenko,  Ph.D.,  has  served  as  our  Chief Technology Officer and
Senior  Vice  President  of Research and Product Development since our inception
in  1990.  Dr. Babenko directs our research and product development team, having
designed  our  first  product offering and directed all subsequent enhancements.
Before  arriving  in the United States from the former Soviet Union, Dr. Babenko
was  the  Development  Team Leader at GenInform, Inc., Moscow, where he designed
and  managed  development  of software for genetic engineering simulation. Prior
to  this  he  served  for  five  years as a Senior Scientist at the Institute of
Molecular  Genetics  at  the  Soviet  Academy of Sciences conducting research on
genetic  data  analysis,  protein  and  DNA modeling, and computer simulation of
biological  processes  using artificial intelligence techniques. Dr. Babenko has
managed  a  number of research groups, led several international collaborations,
and   authored  over  30  publications  in  the  fields  of  bioinformatics  and
artificial  intelligence.  Dr.  Babenko  also  held  an  appointment as a Senior
Scientist  at  the  Institute of Informatic Problems where he developed original
methods  for  applying  systems  to medical diagnostics and decision making. Dr.
Babenko  earned  a Ph.D. in biophysics in 1990, a Master's degree in theoretical
physics  in 1985, and a Bachelor's degree in automatics & telemechanics in 1983,
each  from the Moscow Institute of Physical Technology. He was cited Outstanding
Young  Scientist  in  1989  at  the  Soviet  Academy  of  Sciences,  Outstanding
Researcher  in  1987  by  the Soviet Association of Artificial Intelligence, and
Best  Student Researcher in 1984 by the Moscow Institute of Physical Technology.

     Joseph  Lehnen  has  served  as  our  Chief Financial Officer since January
1999.  Prior  to joining InforMax, Mr. Lehnen spent eight years as an investment
banker  with  J.P. Morgan & Co., working with health care sector clients ranging
from  early-stage  companies  to  Fortune 100 corporations. His experience as an
investment  banker  included  financing  transactions  in the public and private
markets,   merger   and  acquisition  execution,  industry  analysis,  strategic
advisory  work  and financial risk analysis. Prior to his tenure at J.P. Morgan,
Mr.  Lehnen  held  positions as an aide in the U.S. Senate and as a radar design
engineer  for  Litton  Industries'  defense  contracting  division.  Mr.  Lehnen
received  a  Master's degree in public policy from Harvard University in 1989, a
Master's  degree in physics from Yale University in 1985 and a Bachelor's degree
in physics from Santa Clara University in 1982.

     Timothy  Sullivan  has  served  as our Senior Vice President of Marketing &
Sales  since  January  1999.  Prior  to  joining  InforMax,  Mr.  Sullivan  held
positions  in  product  management,  alliance  management,  and  major  accounts
management  at  Manugistics,  Inc.,  a  supply-chain  decision  support software
vendor,  from  1995  to  1999.  Prior to his tenure at Manugistics, Mr. Sullivan
served  as product manager at TSI Software International, an electronic commerce
vendor,  from  1993  to  1995.  Mr.  Sullivan  previously served as a management
consultant  with  Andersen  Consulting  and  Booz-Allen  &  Hamilton.  Prior  to
entering  the  private  sector  in 1988, Mr. Sullivan was a Platoon Commander in
the  United  States Marine Corps. He received an M.B.A. in Marketing in 1992 and
a Bachelor's degree in Classics in 1984, each from Columbia University.

     Richard  Melzer  has  served  as  our  Vice President of Global Sales since
January  2000  and  coordinates  our  international  sales  efforts.  Mr. Melzer
previously  served as our enterprise account manager from April 1999 to December
1999.  Prior  to joining InforMax, Mr. Melzer served as a senior account manager
for  Manugistics,  Inc., a supply-chain decision support vendor, from April 1994
to  March  1999. From April 1984 to March 1994, Mr. Melzer served in a number of
positions  including  Vice  President  and Managing Director of European, Middle
Eastern  and  African  operations and Vice President of Sales and Operations for
DISC,  Inc.,  a  NYNEX  Company  that  sold application software to major banks,
corporations  and insurance companies. Mr. Melzer received Bachelor's degrees in
each  of  International  Relations and Multinational Enterprise from the Wharton
School of the University of Pennsylvania in 1978.

     Dean  Goddette,  Ph.D., has served as our Vice President of Marketing since
June  2000  and  coordinates our promotional efforts. Prior to joining InforMax,
Dr.  Goddette held positions including Vice President of Marketing and Sales and
Vice  President  of  Bioinformatics  with  Structural  Bioinformatics, Inc. from
August  1998  to June 2000. From December 1993 to August 1998, Dr. Goddette held
positions  including manager of central U.S. and Canada sales and Senior Product
Manager  for  Tripos,  Inc.,  a  pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology software and
services company. Dr.


                                       51
<PAGE>

Goddette  received  a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from Washington University School of
Medicine  in  1996  and  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  Protein  Biophysics from the
University of Connecticut in 1980.

     Peter  Covitz,  Ph.D,  has  served  as  our  Director of Implementation and
Support  Services  since  September  1999.  Dr.  Covitz coordinates our software
integration,  customization, maintenance, support and training efforts. Prior to
joining  InforMax, Dr. Covitz led the micoarray gene expression software team at
Molecular  Applications  Group, a bioinformatic software company, from September
1998  to  August  1999.  From  March 1997 to August 1998, Dr. Covitz served as a
senior  product  scientist for Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. where he worked with
the  development  of  a  classification system for their sequence databases. Dr.
Covitz  received  a Ph.D. in Microbiology from Columbia University in 1993 and a
Bachelor's degree in Biology from Colgate University in 1986.

     Hooks  Johnston  has served as a director since June 1999. Mr. Johnston has
been  Managing  Director  of  FBR Technology Venture Partners, a venture capital
investment  firm,  since  he  joined  in  December  1998.  From November 1997 to
December  1998, Mr. Johnston served as the President of Descartes Systems Group,
a  leading  supply chain software company, which he assisted in taking public in
early  1998.  From  September  1995 to November 1997, Mr. Johnston served as the
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Roadshow  International,  Inc., a
transportation  software  company  that  was  acquired by Descartes. From August
1993  to  September  1995,  Mr. Johnston was the Chief Operating Officer of ALG,
Inc.,  a  design,  pre-press  and web development services company. Mr. Johnston
currently   serves   on   the   boards  of  directors  of  Intranets.com,  Inc.,
MarketSwitch  Corporation,  B2Emarkets, Inc., Shop2u, Inc., Radiowave.com, Inc.,
Collaborex,  Inc.,  Global  Logistics Technologies, Inc. and Shelflink, Inc. Mr.
Johnston  received  an  M.B.A.  from  Harvard  Business  School  in  1988, and a
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Applied  Mathematics and Economics from Brown
University in 1984.

     Harry  D'Andrea  has served as a director since June 1999. Mr. D'Andrea has
been  the  Chief Financial Officer of Advanced Switching Communications, Inc., a
telecommunications  equipment  provider,  since  June  1999. From August 1998 to
June  1999  Mr. D'Andrea served as Chief Financial Officer of Call Technologies,
inc.,  a  telecommunications software provider. From June 1997 to July 1998, Mr.
D'Andrea  served  as  Chief Financial Officer of Yurie Systems, Inc., a provider
of  networking  and telecommunications equipment. In 1996 Mr. D'Andrea served as
Chief  Financial  Officer of American Communications Services, Inc. (now e.spire
Communications,  Inc.), a telecommunications service provider. Prior to that Mr.
D'Andrea  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer and
Treasurer   of  Caterair  International  Corporation,  a  provider  of  catering
services  for commercial airlines. Mr. D'Andrea currently serves on the board of
directors  of  Coagulation  Diagnostics,  Inc.  Mr.  D'Andrea received an MBA in
Finance  in  1980  from  Drexel  University  and  a Bachelor's degree in Foreign
Service from The Pennsylvania State University in 1978.

BOARD STRUCTURE

     Our  bylaws  currently  provide  for a board of directors consisting of not
more  than  seven  members,  to  be  fixed  from  time  to  time by our board of
directors.  All  directors  hold  office  until  the  next annual meeting of our
stockholders  and  until  their  successors  have  been elected and qualified or
until  their  earlier resignation or removal. Messrs. Johnston and D'Andrea were
elected  to  the  board of directors under a voting agreement among InforMax and
its   principal   stockholders.   This  voting  agreement  will  terminate  upon
completion of this offering.

     In  accordance  with  the  terms of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation  to  be  effective  upon completion of this offering, the board of
directors  will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered three-year
terms, following the completion of this offering:

   o Class  I,  whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting (or special
     meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting) of stockholders held in 2001;

   o Class  II,  whose  initial  term  will  expire  at  the  annual meeting (or
     special  meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting) of stockholders held in
     2002; and


                                       52
<PAGE>

   o Class  III,  whose  initial  term  will  expire  at  the annual meeting (or
     special  meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting) of stockholders held in
     2003.

As  a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting
of  stockholders of InforMax with the other classes continuing for the remainder
of  their  respective  terms.  Messrs.         and       have been designated as
Class  I  directors;  Messrs.         and       have been designated as Class II
directors;  and  Messrs.         and         have  been  designated as Class III
directors.   These  provisions  in  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of
incorporation  may  have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control
or management of InforMax.

BOARD COMMITTEES

     We  have  two  standing  committees:  a compensation committee and an audit
committee.  The  compensation  committee  currently consists of Mr. Johnston and
Mr. D'Andrea. The compensation committee:

   o reviews  and  approves  the  compensation  and  benefits  for our executive
     officers  and  grants stock options under our equity incentive compensation
     plan; and

   o makes  recommendations to the board of directors regarding these matters.

     The  audit committee consists of Messrs. Johnston, D'Andrea, and      . The
audit committee:

   o makes  recommendations  to  the  board of directors regarding the selection
     of independent auditors;

   o reviews  the  results and scope of the audit and other services provided by
     our independent auditors; and

   o reviews and evaluates our audit and control functions.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     No  executive  officer  of  InforMax  serves  as  a  member of the board of
directors  or  compensation  committee  of  any  entity  that  has  one  or more
executive  officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Directors do not receive cash  compensation  for their service on our board
of directors or any board committee.  In 1999, we granted Mr. D'Andrea an option
to purchase  15,000  shares of our common  stock at an exercise  price of $0.50.
Such  options  are  subject to  conditions  relating  to vesting  and  continued
participation on our board of directors. We reimburse non-employee directors for
their  reasonable  expenses  incurred in  connection  with their  attendance  at
meetings of our board of directors  and board  committees  and may in the future
issue options to non-employee directors upon:

   o appointment, election, or re-election to the board; and

   o each anniversary thereof if he or she continues to serve as a director.

KEY MAN INSURANCE

     We  maintain  "key  man" life insurance in the amount of $2,000,000 on each
of Dr. Titomirov and Dr. Babenko, with proceeds payable to us.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     Our  executive  officers  are  appointed and serve at the discretion of our
board of directors.

                                       53
<PAGE>

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     In  April 1999, we entered into an employment agreement with Joseph Lehnen,
to  serve  as  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  and Senior Vice President through
December  31, 2002. The term of Mr. Lehnen's employment automatically renews for
successive  one  year  periods  unless  and  until either party provides written
notice,  not  less  than  90  days prior to the end of the then current term, of
their  intent  not  to  renew.  Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Lehnen's initial
salary  was  set  at  $150,000  per year, with eligibility for bonuses and stock
options  as  determined  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  board  of
directors.  In  the  event  that  Mr.  Lehnen's  employment  is terminated by us
without  cause,  or  terminated  by  Mr. Lehnen as a result of our breach of his
employment  agreement,  he  will receive an amount equal to fifty percent of his
salary  and  bonus  for  the  previous  12  month  period. In the event that Mr.
Lehnen's  employment  is terminated without cause upon, or within one year of, a
change  of control of our company, he will receive an amount equal to his salary
and  bonus  for  the  previous  12-month period. In the event that Mr. Lehnen is
terminated  for  cause  or  voluntarily  resigns  without  breach  by  us of our
agreement,  he  has agreed not to compete with us or solicit our employees for a
period of 12 months following the cessation of his employment.

     In  April  1999,  we  entered  into  an  employment  agreement with Timothy
Sullivan,  to  serve  as our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales, through
March  31,  2003. The term of Mr. Sullivan's employment automatically renews for
successive  one  year  periods  unless  and  until either party provides written
notice,  not  less  than  90  days prior to the end of the then current term, of
their  intent  not  to renew. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Sullivan's initial
salary  was  set at $150,000 per year plus monthly commissions of one percent of
that  month's  software license and professional services revenues. In the event
that  Mr. Sullivan's employment is terminated by us without cause, or terminated
by  Mr.  Sullivan as a result of our breach of his employment agreement, he will
receive  an  amount  equal to fifty percent of his salary and earned commissions
for  the  previous  12 month period. In the event that Mr. Sullivan's employment
is  terminated without cause upon, or within 180 days of, a change of control of
our  company,  he  will  receive an amount equal to his annual salary and earned
commissions  for the previous 12-month period. In the event that Mr. Sullivan is
terminated  without  cause, other than upon a change of control, or Mr. Sullivan
terminates  his  employment  as  a  result  of  our  breach  of  his  employment
agreement,  he  has agreed not to compete with us or solicit our employees for a
period  of  six  months  following the cessation of his employment. In the event
that  Mr.  Sullivan's  employment  is  terminated  for  any other reason, he has
agreed  not  to  compete  with  us  or  solicit our employees for a period of 12
months following the cessation of his employment.


                                       54
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following table sets forth compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid
to  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  four other most highly compensated
executive  officers  whose  total cash compensation exceeded $100,000 during the
year ended December 31, 1999.


                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               LONG-TERM
                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION               COMPENSATION
                                 ---------------------------------------   ----------------
                                                                              SECURITIES
                                                                              UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR          SALARY           BONUS          OPTIONS
------------------------------   ------   -----------------   ----------   ----------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>                <C>          <C>
Dr. Alex Titomirov,              1999        $  300,000          0            3,899,900
 Chief Executive Officer and
   Chairman of the Board of
   Directors
Dr. Vadim Babenko,               1999        $  200,000          0            1,600,000
 Chief Technology Officer and
   Senior Vice President
Dr. James Bernstein,             1999        $  225,000          0            1,050,000
 Chief Operating Officer and
   Executive Vice President
Joseph Lehnen,                   1999        $  145,000(1)    $35,000           350,000(2)
 Chief Financial Officer
Timothy Sullivan,                1999        $  222,747(3)       0              375,000(4)
 Senior Vice President,
   Marketing and Sales

</TABLE>

(1) Under  the  terms of his April 1999 employment agreement Mr. Lehnen's annual
    salary is $150,000.

(2) Does not include 100,000 options granted on January 1, 2000.

(3) Includes $72,747 in commissions based on the sale of our software products.

(4) Does not include 175,000 options granted on January 1, 2000.

OPTIONS GRANTS DURING 1999

     All  of the following stock options were granted under our equity incentive
plan  and  are exercisable for shares of our common stock. The percentages below
are  based  on  a total of 8,941,609 shares subject to options we granted during
the  year  ended December 31, 1999 to our employees, directors, and consultants,
including the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table.

     The  exercise  price  per share of each option was equal to the fair market
value  of  the  common stock as determined by the board of directors on the date
of  grant.  The  potential  realizable  values  assume  that  the initial public
offering  price  of  $        per  share was the fair market value of the common
stock  on the date of grant and that the price of the applicable stock increases
from  the date of grant until the end of the ten-year option term at the assumed
5%  and 10% rates. These assumed rates are calculated based on rules promulgated
by  the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not reflect future stock price
growth.  The actual value realized may be greater or less than the assumed rates
illustrated in the table.


                                       55
<PAGE>

                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   POTENTIAL
                                                                                  REALIZABLE
                                                                                   VALUE AT
                                                                                    ASSUMED
                                                                                  ANNUAL RATES
                                                                                   OF STOCK
                          NUMBER OF     PERCENT OF                                   PRICE
                           SHARES          TOTAL       EXERCISE                   APPRECIATION
                         UNDERLYING       OPTIONS        PRICE                        FOR
                           OPTIONS      GRANTED TO        PER       EXPIRATION       OPTION
                           GRANTED       EMPLOYEES       SHARE         DATE          TERM
                        ------------   ------------   ----------   ------------   -----------
                                                                                   5%     10%
NAME
<S>                     <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>    <C>
Dr. Alex Titomirov       3,899,900          43.6%       $ .50       3/20/2009
Dr. Vadim Babenko        1,600,000          17.9%       $ .50       3/20/2009
Dr. James Bernstein      1,050,000          11.7%       $ .50       3/20/2009
Joseph Lehnen              350,000           3.9%       $ .50       3/24/2009
Timothy Sullivan           375,000           4.2%       $ .50       3/24/2009
</TABLE>

AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES DURING 1999 AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

     The  following  table provides summary information concerning the shares of
common  stock  represented  by  outstanding  stock  options  held by each of the
executive  officers  named  in the Summary Compensation Table as of December 31,
1999.

     The  value realized represents the difference between the fair market value
of  the  shares  as of December 31, 1999, based on the assumed fair market value
of $2.00 per share, and the exercise price of the option.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             NUMBERS OF SECURITIES
                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                  OPTIONS AT                     MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                FISCAL YEAR END                  FISCAL YEAR END
                        -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                         EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
<S>                     <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Dr. Alex Titomirov        3,899,900               0        $5,849,850               0
Dr. Vadim Babenko         2,000,000               0        $3,196,000               0
Dr. James Bernstein       1,066,000               0        $1,606,840               0
Joseph Lehnen               207,814         142,186(1)     $  311,721        $213,279
Timothy Sullivan            101,558         273,442(1)     $  152,337        $410,163
</TABLE>

(1) Subsequent  to  December  31,  1999,  the vesting of the covered options has
    been  accelerated  such  that  all  options  are  currently  exercisable  by
    Messrs. Lehnen and Sullivan.

EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

     Administration

     We  established  our  equity  incentive  compensation  plan, as amended, in
order  to  provide  incentives  for our eligible officers, employees, directors,
and  consultants  to  improve  our  business  results, by giving such persons an
opportunity  to  acquire  or increase their proprietary interest in us. Our plan
also  better  enables  us  to  attract,  retain, and reward talented and skilled
personnel.

     Our  plan  may  be  administered  by  our  board  of  directors  or a board
committee.  Subsequent  to  this  offering, our plan will be administered by the
compensation  committee  of  our board of directors, which will include at least
two  "disinterested persons," for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act,
and  "outside  directors,"  within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue  Code  of  1986. The administrator has authority to take all actions and
make  all  determinations  required  or  provided  for under our plan, including
determination  of the terms of any options or other awards granted, the exercise
price  of the option or other award, the number of shares subject to each option
or  other  award,  the  exercisability  and  vesting  thereof,  and  the form of
consideration  payable  upon  such  exercise.  Moreover,  the  administrator may
rescind,  modify  or  waive  certain limitations or conditions associated with a
grant  under  the plan so as to accelerate the exercise period. The total number
of  shares of our common stock authorized for use by the plan is 3.7 million. As
of  June  30, 2000, options to purchase 8,038,996 shares of our common stock and
60,000  shares  of  restricted  stock were granted including 2,753,096 shares of
common stock issuable pursuant to incentive awards under the plan.


                                       56
<PAGE>

     Stock Options

     The  plan  provides for the discretionary grant of incentive stock options,
within  the  meaning  of  Section  422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and for the
grant  of non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of all incentive stock
options  granted  under  our  plan  must  be  at least equal to 100% of the fair
market  value  of  the  shares underlying the options on the date of grant. With
respect  to  any  participant  who  owns  stock  possessing more than 10% of the
voting  power  of  all  classes  of  our outstanding capital stock, the exercise
price  of  any incentive stock option granted must be at least equal 110% of the
fair  market value on the grant date and the term of such incentive stock option
must  not  exceed  five  years.  Under  our  plan,  an option will constitute an
incentive  option only to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the
underlying  stock,  at  the  time of the option grant, does not exceed $100,000.
The  exercise  price  of any stock options issued under our plan may not be less
than  the  par  value of the underlying common stock. The term of options issued
under our plan may not exceed ten years.

     Restricted Stock

     Under  our  plan,  the administrator may grant to such eligible individuals
shares  of  our  restricted common stock, subject to the recipient's (a) payment
of  not  less  than the par value of such common stock and (b) the attainment of
such  performance  objectives and the completion of such service requirements as
determined  to be a condition of such grant. Upon the recipient's non-payment of
the   price  specified  for  the  shares,  failure  to  attain  the  performance
objectives  prior  to  expiration  of  the  specified  period, or termination of
employment  without  having  satisfied  the  service  requirement, the shares of
restricted  stock  (or  the  appropriate  portion thereof) will be forfeited and
will again be available for reissuance under the terms of our plan.

     Transferability

     Options  and  other  awards  granted  under  our  plan  are  generally  not
transferable  by  the recipient. Awards granted under the plan must generally be
exercised  within  six  months  after a recipient's death or permanent and total
disability,  but  in  no  event  later than the expiration of the option's term.
Except  as  may  be  provided  by  the  administrator in the option agreement or
restricted  stock  agreement,  upon  termination of employment or service, other
than  by reason of death or permanent and total disability, shares of restricted
stock  and  options  that  have not become vested under the plan shall terminate
and  the  recipient  thereof  will have no further right to purchase the covered
shares  of  common  stock. Upon the termination of the recipient's employment or
service  for  any  reason,  we  will  have  the  right, for a period of 180 days
following  such  termination, to repurchase any or all of the shares acquired by
the  recipient  pursuant to an incentive award under the plan at the fair market
value  of  such  shares  on  the  date of termination (or at such lower price as
shall have been specified in an agreement at the time of grant).

     Change in Capitalization, Merger or Sale

     The  number  and  price  of shares covered by outstanding stock options and
restricted   stock  awards  granted  under  the  plan  will  be  proportionately
adjusted,  as  determined  by  our  board of directors, to take into account any
recapitalization,   stock   split,   reverse   stock   split,   stock  dividend,
combination,  exchange  or reclassification of shares or similar event. The plan
provides  that  if we liquidate, dissolve, merge, consolidate or reorganize with
another  company  in  which  we are not the surviving entity, sell substantially
all  of  our assets to another company, or approve a transaction that results in
any  person or entity (other than existing stockholders at the time our plan was
approved  and  their  affiliates)  owning 80% or more of the voting power of all
classes  of  our  stock,  then  all  options  outstanding  under  the  plan will
terminate  if the option is not assumed by the surviving corporation, its parent
or  subsidiary,  or  if such entities do not substitute another award reflecting
an  appropriate  adjustment  to  the number and price of such covered shares. In
the  event  that the option is terminated as a result of the transactions above,
the  holder  will  be given an opportunity to exercise the vested portion of the
option immediately prior to the option's termination.


                                       57
<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK FINANCING

     On  June 22, 1999, we sold 2,161,265 shares of our Series A preferred stock
to  FBR  Technology  Venture  Partners II, LP, at approximately $1.85 per share,
for  aggregate  proceeds to us of $4 million. The proceeds were used for general
working  capital  purposes.  These  shares  will automatically be converted into
2,161,265  shares  of  our common stock upon the closing of this offering. Hooks
Johnston,  one  of  our  directors,  is  a  managing  director of FBR Technology
Venture  Partners,  the  general  partner of FBR Technology Venture Partners II,
LP.  See  "Principal  Stockholders."  In  connection with this sale of preferred
stock,  we  entered  into  an  investment  right  agreement  with FBR Technology
Venture  Partners  II,  LP  with respect to the granting of certain registration
rights.  See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights" for a summary
discussion  of  the  registration  rights  granted  as  part  of  the  Series  A
transaction.  FBR  Technology Venture Partners II, LP and certain holders of our
common  stock  are  party  to  a  shareholders'  agreement that contains certain
restrictions  on  the  transfer  of our common stock by our stockholders who are
parties  to  the  agreement.  See "Description of Capital Stock -- Shareholders'
Agreement"  for a summary discussion of the applicable transfer restrictions and
other provisions.

OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     In  1999,  Dr.  Titomirov,  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,
personally guaranteed an equipment loan facility of the Company in the amount of
$125,000. The outstanding balance was paid in full in 1999.

     In 1999,  Dr.  Titomirov  personally  guaranteed  a line of  credit  of the
Company in the amount of $400,000.  The outstanding  balance was paid in full in
1999.

     In  April  1999, we loaned $65,000 to Dr. Titomirov. The amount of the loan
was  secured by a promissory note to be repaid upon the fifth anniversary of the
date  of  the  loan.  Interest accrued at the prime rate as reported in the Wall
Street  Journal  plus  1%  and was due and payable on each anniversary until the
balance  of  the  note  was paid in full. The funds were loaned to Dr. Titomirov
for  payment  of  federal and state income taxes. The principal and interest due
thereon associated with this note were fully repaid in July 2000.

     In  April  1999,  we entered into employment agreements with each of Joseph
Lehnen,  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Senior Vice President, and Timothy
Sullivan,  our  Senior Vice President of Marketing and Sales. See "Management --
Employment  Agreements"  for a summary discussion of the terms of the employment
agreements.

     In   June   2000,  Drs.  Titomirov  and  Babenko  entered  into  a  private
transaction  for  the  sale  of  500,000  and  165,000 of their shares of common
stock,  respectively, at approximately $10.64 per share to Paul Capital Partners
VI  Holdings.  In  connection  with  this  transaction, Paul Capital Partners VI
Holdings  became  a  party  to  our  non-preferred  holder  rights agreement and
received  certain  registration  rights  granted  therein.  In  March 2000, Drs.
Titomirov  and  Babenko  entered  into a private transaction with certain of the
Weiss,  Peck  &  Greer  entities disclosed in the "Principal Stockholders" table
for  the  sale  of  350,000  and  400,000  of  their  shares  of  common  stock,
respectively,  at  $10.00  per  share.  In connection with this transaction, the
purchasers  entered  into  a  non-preferred  holder rights agreement with us and
received  certain  registration  rights granted therein. For a discussion of the
registration  rights  granted in these transactions, see "Description of Capital
Stock  -  Registration  Rights."  In  March  2000,  Dr. Titomirov entered into a
private  transaction  for  the  sale of 500,000 shares to FBR Technology Venture
Partners II, LP at $10.00 per share.

     Stock  option  grants  to  directors and executive officers of InforMax are
described   under   the   captions   "Management   --  Board  Compensation"  and
"--Executive Compensation."


                                       58
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain information as of June 30, 2000
for:

   o each  person,  entity,  or  group known by us to own beneficially more than
     5% of our outstanding common stock;

   o each named executive officer and each of our directors; and

   o our directors and executive officers as a group.

     Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the address of each person identified is c/o
InforMax, Inc., 6010 Executive Boulevard, 10th Floor, Rockville, MD 20852.

     The  percentages  shown are  based on  6,823,545  shares  of  common  stock
outstanding prior to the offering as of June 30, 2000, and      shares of common
stock outstanding after the offering.  Pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act,  shares of common stock that a person has the right to acquire  pursuant to
the exercise of stock options held by that holder that are exercisable within 60
days  are  deemed  outstanding  for the  purpose  of  computing  the  percentage
ownership of that  person,  but are not deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the
percentage ownership of any other person.  Except as indicated by footnote,  and
subject to community  property laws where  applicable,  the persons named in the
table have sole voting and investment power for all shares of common stock shown
as beneficially owned by them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY        SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                           OWNED                      OWNED
                                                    PRIOR TO OFFERING(1)        AFTER OFFERING(1)
                                                  ------------------------   -----------------------
            NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                 NUMBER       PERCENT       NUMBER       PERCENT
-----------------------------------------------   ------------   ---------   ------------   --------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>
Alex Titomirov, Ph.D.(2) ......................    3,660,000     39.0%        3,660,000
Hooks Johnston(3) .............................    2,661,265     39.0%        2,661,265
FBR Technology Ventures
 Partners II, LP
 1001 19th Street
 Arlington, VA 22209
Vadim Babenko, Ph.D.(4) .......................    1,485,000     18.0%        1,485,000
James Bernstein, M.D.(5) ......................    1,256,000     15.9%        1,256,000
Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC(6) ...................      750,000     11.0%          750,000
 One New York Plaza
 New York, New York 10004
Paul Capital Partners VI Holdings .............      665,000      9.7%        665,000
 50 California Street
 Suite 3000
 San Francisco, CA 94111
Timothy Sullivan(7) ...........................      550,000      7.5%          550,000
Joseph Lehnen(8) ..............................      450,000      6.2%          450,000
Harry D'Andrea(9) .............................        3,000       *              3,000
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (7 persons)(10) ..............................   10,065,265     78.2%       10,065,265
</TABLE>

----------
*  Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

(1) A  person  is  deemed  as  of any date to have "beneficial ownership" of any
    security  that  such person has a right to acquire within 60 days after such
    date.  Accordingly,  shares  underlying  options  or warrants exercisable or
    convertible   within  60  days  after  June  30,  2000,  are  deemed  to  be
    outstanding  for  purposes  of calculating the number of shares beneficially
    owned and percentages owned by the holder of such options or warrants.

(2) Includes 2,549,900 shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

                                       59
<PAGE>

(3) Includes  2,161,265  shares  of our Series A preferred stock to be converted
    into  2,161,265  shares  of  common stock upon the closing of this offering.
    Represents  shares  held  of  record  by FBR Technology Venture Partners II,
    L.P.,  the  general  partner  of which is FBR Venture Capital Managers, Inc.
    Mr.  Johnston,  one  of  our  directors,  is  the  Managing  Director of FBR
    Technology Venture Partners II, L.P.

(4) Includes 1,435,000 shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(5) Includes 1,066,000 shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(6) Represents  (a)  7,620 shares held of record by WPG Institutional Networking
    Fund,  L.P.,  (b)  205,605  shares  held  of  record  by  WPG  Institutional
    Software  Fund,  L.P.,  (c)  35,474  shares held of record by WPG Networking
    Fund,  L.P.,  (d)  180,181  shares held of record by WPG Raytheon Networking
    Fund,  L.P.,  (e)  190,546  shares  held  of record by WPG Raytheon Software
    Fund,  L.P.,  (f)  102,374 shares held of record by WPG Software Fund, L.P.,
    (g)  27,200  shares  held of record by WPG Networking QP Fund, L.P., and (h)
    1,000  shares  held  of  record by Raj Mehra. Weiss, Peck & Greer LLC is the
    general  partner  of  each  of  the  entities  identified in (a) through (g)
    above.

(7) Includes 550,000 shares issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.

(8) Includes 450,000 shares issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.

(9) Includes 3,000 shares issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.

(10) Includes 6,053,900 shares issuable upon exercise of vested stock options.

                                       60
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     At  the  time of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist of     million shares, including:

   o        million  shares  of  common  stock, par value $0.01 per share,    of
     which will be outstanding upon completion of this offering; and

   o        million  shares  of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, none
     of which will be outstanding upon completion of this offering.

The  following  is  a  summary  of  various  provisions  of our common stock and
preferred  stock.  The  following summary does not purport to be complete and is
subject  to,  and is qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of our amended
and  restated  certificate  of incorporation, where such rights are set forth in
full, and the provisions of applicable law.

COMMON STOCK

     As  of  June  30,  2000, there were 4,662,280 shares of common stock issued
and  outstanding  and held of record by 47 stockholders. An additional 2,161,265
shares  of  our common stock will be issued upon the automatic conversion of all
outstanding  shares  of  our  preferred  stock  on the closing of this offering.
There  will be     shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the
sale  of  the  shares  of  common stock offered hereby. See "Shares Eligible for
Future  Sale"  for  information  regarding  the number of shares of common stock
underlying outstanding options.

     Voting  Rights.  The  holders  of our common stock are entitled to one vote
per  share  on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of our common
stock  are  not  entitled  to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
Generally,  all  matters  on  which stockholders will vote must be approved by a
majority  of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock present
in  person  or  represented  by  proxy,  subject to any voting rights granted to
holders of any preferred stock.

     Dividends.  Holders  of  our  common stock are entitled to share ratably in
any  dividends  declared  by  our  board  of  directors, subject to any priority
dividend  rights  of  any  preferred stock we may issue in the future. We do not
intend  to  pay  cash  dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
This  is because we intend to retain our cash for working capital and to finance
our  planned  growth.  However,  our  board  of  directors is free to change our
dividend  policy  in  the  future,  based  upon  factors  such as our results of
operations,  financial  condition,  cash flow, cash needs, and future prospects.
If  our  board  of  directors  were to change our dividend policy, so long as we
have  any amount outstanding under our credit facilities with PNC Bank, National
Association,  we would be required to obtain PNC Bank's written consent prior to
the declaration or payment of such dividends.

     Liquidation  Rights.  If we are liquidated, dissolved, or wound up, we must
first  pay  all  amounts  we  owe  our  creditors  and then pay the full amounts
required  to  be  paid  to  holders  of  any  shares of our preferred stock then
outstanding  before  we may make any payments to holders of shares of our common
stock.  All  holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to share ratably
in  any  assets  available  for distribution to them, after all of our creditors
have  been  satisfied and we have paid the liquidation preferences of any of our
preferred stock.

     Other  Rights.  No  shares of our common stock are subject to redemption by
us.  Holders  of shares of our common stock do not have any preemptive rights to
purchase additional shares of our common stock.

     All  of  our  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  be outstanding after this
offering will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

     As  of  June  30,  2000,  there  were  2,161,265  shares  of our redeemable
convertible  preferred  stock  authorized, all of which were designated Series A
preferred  stock,  issued and outstanding. Concurrently with the closing of this
offering,  all  of  our  outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted
into shares of our common stock.


                                       61
<PAGE>

     Our  amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board
of  directors  to  create  and issue preferred stock from time to time in one or
more  classes  or series. In creating and issuing a class or series of preferred
stock,  our  board  of  directors, without further vote of our stockholders, may
determine the exact terms of the class or series, including the following:

   o the  number  of  shares  constituting  the  series  and  the  distinctive
     designation of the series;

   o the  dividend  rate  on the shares of the series; whether dividends will be
     cumulative,  and  if  so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights
     of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of the series;

   o whether  the  series  will  have  voting  rights  in addition to the voting
     rights provided by law, and if so, the terms of the voting rights;

   o whether  the  series  will have conversion privileges and, if so, the terms
     and conditions of conversion;

   o whether  or  not  the  shares of the series will be redeemable, and, if so,
     the dates, terms, and conditions of redemption;

   o whether  the  series  will  have  a  sinking  fund  for  the  redemption or
     purchase  of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of the
     sinking fund; and

   o the  rights  of  the  shares of the series in the event of our voluntary or
     involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding  up  and  the relative
     rights or priority, if any, of payment of shares of the series.

     Although  we  have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock,
any  future  grant  of  shares  of  preferred  stock,  or the grant of rights to
purchase  preferred  shares,  may also have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing  a  change  in  control  in our company or an unsolicited acquisition
proposal.  The  grant  of  preferred stock also could decrease the amount of any
earnings  and  assets  available for distribution to the holders of common stock
or  could  negatively  affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of
the holders of the common stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     FBR  Technology  Venture  Partners  II, LP, each of the Weiss, Peck & Greer
entities  disclosed in the "Principal Stockholders" table, Paul Capital Partners
VI  Holdings,  PNC Bank, National Association and four accredited investors have
certain  registration  rights  as  to  the  3,933,913  shares of common stock or
warrants  to  acquire  common  stock  they  will  own  upon  the closing of this
offering.  FBR  is  entitled  to  certain demand registration rights pursuant to
which  it  may  require us to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act  with  respect  to  their  shares of common stock. Beginning on the date 180
days  from  the  effectiveness  of our registration statement in connection with
this  offering,  FBR  may  require  us  to  use  our  best  efforts  to effect a
registration  statement  on  their behalf on not more than two occasions. In the
event  that  we  are  able  to  register  our shares through use of a short-form
registration   under  the  Securities  Act,  FBR,  WPG,  Paul  Capital  and  the
accredited  investors  may  require  that we register their shares on such form,
provided  that  we  have not filed a short form registration within 12 months of
the  date  of  the  demand.  FBR is permitted up to four short-form registration
demands,  while  WPG,  Paul  Capital  and  the  four  accredited  investors  are
permitted up to two short-form registration demands.

     In the event that we propose to  register  any of our  securities  for sale
under the Securities Act, except for certain  employee  benefit plans or as part
of  certain  corporate  reorganizations,  each  of the  stockholders  above  are
entitled to notice of such registration and to "piggy back" onto and include its
shares in that registration. These registration rights are subject to conditions
and limitations,  including the right of our underwriters to limit the number of
shares included in such offering and our right to delay registration  because it
would be seriously  detrimental  to us and our  stockholders.  All  registration
rights above terminate not later than five years from the date of  effectiveness
of our registration


                                       62
<PAGE>

statement  in  this  offering,  except  for  FBR's  "piggy  back" and short form
registration  rights. We are generally responsible for the costs and expenses of
all  such  registrations.  We  are required to obtain FBR's consent prior to the
granting of equal or more favorable registration rights to any third party.

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

     We  are  party  to  a  shareholders'  agreement  with  Drs.  Titomirov  and
Bernstein  (the  "Founders"), certain individual shareholders (together with the
Founders,  the  "Individual  Parties")  and  each  of  the  Weiss,  Peck & Greer
entities  noted  in  the  Principal  Stockholder  table.  Unless  terminated  in
writing,  the  agreement  continues  in  effect until the earlier of the date on
which  all  our common stock is owned by one of the parties to the agreement and
such  date  on which more than 50% of our outstanding shares of common stock are
registered  under the Securities Act. The agreement provides that so long as the
Founders  continue  to  hold  shares  of  common  stock,  have not departed from
InforMax  and  are  able  to  perform  services  for  InforMax  of  at  least 15
eight-hour  days  during  any six month period, the Individual Parties will vote
all  of  their  shares  to elect each of the Founders to our board of directors.
The  shareholders'  agreement  contains  certain  restrictions  on transfer that
limit  the  ability  of  the  parties to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of
their  shares.  The  agreement  provides  that upon any separation from InforMax
(e.g.  disability, death, resignation or termination other than for cause) of an
Individual  Party,  we  and  the  remaining  Individual Parties have a six-month
option  to  purchase all, but not less than all of the separated party's shares.
If  we  terminate  the employment of any Founder for cause, we and the remaining
Individual  Parties  will  have a six month option to purchase any or all of the
terminated  Founder's  shares.  The Individual Parties may not sell, transfer or
otherwise  dispose  of  their  shares  to a third party without giving the other
parties  notice  of  their  intent  to  sell,  and  a  right of first refusal to
purchase  all, but not less than all, of such shares on the same terms. Transfer
of  shares  to  persons,  including  family  members is permitted, provided such
persons  become  bound  by  the  terms  of the agreement. During the term of the
agreement,  and  for a period of two years after its termination, the Individual
Parties  have  agreed  not  to  compete,  directly  or indirectly with us in the
development  and  licensing  of our bioinformatic software. In connection with a
private  sale  transaction, Paul Capital was assigned certain rights and assumed
all   obligations   and  responsibilities  as  a  shareholder  party  under  the
shareholders'  agreement  with  regard  to  its shares of common stock purchased
from Dr. Titomirov.

DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     As  permitted  by  the  Delaware  General  Corporation Law, as amended (the
"DGCL"),  our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors
to  our company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty  as  directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists
or  as  it  may  be amended. As of the date of this prospectus, the DGCL permits
limitations  of  liability  for  director's  breach of fiduciary duty other than
liability  (i)  for  any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to our company
or  our  stockholders,  (ii)  for  acts  or  omissions not in good faith or that
involve  intentional  misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of law, (iii) under
Section  174  of  the  DGCL  or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived  an  improper  personal benefit. In addition, our bylaws provide that we
will  indemnify,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted under the DGCL, all of our
directors,  officers,  employees  and agents for acts performed on our behalf in
such capacity.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND DELAWARE LAW

     We  are  subject  to  the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware Law. In
general,  the  statute  prohibits  a  publicly  held  Delaware  corporation from
engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with an "interested stockholder" for a
period  of  three  years  after  the  date  that the person became an interested
stockholder  unless  (with  some  exceptions)  the  business  combination or the
transaction  in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in
a  prescribed  manner.  Generally,  a  "business combination" includes a merger,
asset  or  stock  sale  or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to
the  stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with
affiliates  and  associates,  owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or
more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock.


                                       63
<PAGE>

     Upon  completion  of this offering, our charter documents also will contain
provisions  that  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or preventing changes in
control  or  management  of  InforMax, which could have an adverse effect on the
market  price  of  our  common  stock.  For  example, our charter documents will
contain  a  provision eliminating the ability of stockholders to take actions by
written   consent.   In  addition,  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of
incorporation  to  be  effective  upon completion of this offering also provides
that  the  board  of  directors will be divided into three classes, each serving
staggered  three-year terms, following the completion of this offering: Class I,
whose  initial  term  will expire at the annual meeting (or special meeting held
in  lieu  of  an  annual  meeting) of stockholders held in 2001; Class II, whose
initial  term will expire at the annual meeting (or special meeting held in lieu
of  an  annual  meeting)  of  stockholders  held  in  2002; and Class III, whose
initial  term will expire at the annual meeting (or special meeting held in lieu
of  an annual meeting) of stockholders held in 2003. As a result, only one class
of  directors  will  be  elected  at  each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders of
InforMax,  with  the  other  classes  continuing  for  the  remainder  of  their
respective terms.

     Our  amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of
directors  to  issue  up  to  2,161,265 shares of preferred stock and to fix the
rights,  preferences,  privileges  and restrictions, including voting rights, of
these  shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. Use of our
preferred  stock  could  have  the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change  in  control,  as removal of our board of directors and management may be
rendered  more  difficult.  Further,  use  of  the  preferred  stock  may have a
negative   impact  on  the  ability  of  our  stockholders  to  participate,  if
applicable,  in  a  tender  offer  or exchange offer for the common stock, which
would diminish the value of our common stock.

     Our  bylaws  will  not permit our stockholders to call a special meeting of
stockholders.  Under  the  bylaws,  only our President, Chairman of the board of
directors,  or  a  majority  of  the  board  of directors will be able to call a
special  meeting.  The bylaws also require that stockholders give advance notice
to  our  secretary  of  any  nominations  for  director  or other business to be
brought  by  stockholders  at  any  stockholders'  meeting. These provisions may
delay or prevent changes of control or management.

TRANSFER AGENT

     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is               .

                                       64
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Before  this  offering,  there  has  been  no  public market for our common
stock.  Future  sales  of  substantial  amounts of our common stock, or even the
possibility  of  future  sales,  could reduce the prevailing market price of our
common  stock.  As  described  below,  only a limited number of shares of common
stock  currently  held  by  our  stockholders will be available for sale shortly
after  this  offering  because  of contractual and legal restrictions on resale.
Sales  of  substantial  amounts  of  common stock in the public market after the
restrictions  lapse  could negatively affect the prevailing market price and our
ability to raise equity capital in the future.

     Upon  the  closing  of  this  offering,  _____________ shares of our common
stock  will  be outstanding based on the number of shares of our preferred stock
and  common  stock  outstanding as of June 30, 2000, and assuming no exercise of
the  underwriters'  over-allotment  option.  Of  these shares, the _____________
shares  of  common  stock  being  sold  in this offering will be freely tradable
(unless  purchased  by our "affiliate" as such term is defined in the Securities
Act)  without  restriction  under  the  Securities  Act. The remaining 6,823,545
shares  of  common  stock were issued and sold by us in private transactions and
are   "restricted  securities"  that  are  eligible  for  public  sale  only  if
registered  under  the  Securities Act or sold in compliance with Rule 144 under
that Act.

     All  of our officers, directors, and holders of at least ___________ shares
of  our  stock  have  signed  lock-up agreements, in which they agreed that they
will  not,  directly  or indirectly, offer, sell, or agree to sell, or otherwise
dispose  of any shares of our common stock or other securities without the prior
written  consent  of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., for a period of 180 days from the
date  of  this  prospectus.  The  lock-up  agreements do not apply to any shares
acquired in this offering through the directed share program.


     Rule  144.  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90
days  after  the  date  of this prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are
aggregated,  who  has  beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one
year,  including  the  holding  period of any earlier owner except an affiliate,
will  be  entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that
do not exceed the greater of:

   o 1%  of  the  number  of  shares of our common stock then outstanding, which
     will   equal   approximately   _________  shares  immediately  after  this
     offering; or


   o the  average  weekly  trading  volume  of  our  common  stock on the Nasdaq
     National  Market  during  the  four  calendar weeks before the filing of a
     notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales  under  Rule  144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

     Rule  144(k).  Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not one of our affiliates
at  any  time  during  the 90 days before a sale, and who has beneficially owned
the  shares  proposed  to  be sold for at least two years, including the holding
period  of  any  earlier  owner  except  an affiliate, is entitled to sell these
shares  without  complying  with  the manner of sale, public information, volume
limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144.

     Registration  Rights.  As  described  above, holders of 3,933,913 shares of
our  common  stock,  or  warrants  to  acquire common stock, that are restricted
securities  will  be  entitled  to  certain  registration  rights covering their
shares.  Registration  of  their shares under the Securities Act would result in
these  shares  becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities
Act  immediately  upon the effectiveness of that registration, except for shares
purchased by affiliates.

     Rule  701. In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in
effect,  any  of our employees, consultants, or advisors, other than affiliates,
who  purchases  or  receives  shares  from  us  in  connection  with  our equity
incentive plan or other written agreement will be eligible to resell their


                                       65
<PAGE>

shares  beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject only to the
manner  of  sale  provisions  of  Rule 144. Affiliates will be able to sell such
shares under Rule 144 without compliance with its holding period requirements.

     Stock  Options.  Following  this  offering we intend to file a registration
statement  on  Form  S-8  under the Securities Act covering the shares of common
stock  underlying  options  held  by  our  officers,  directors  and  employees,
including  shares  reserved for issuance under our equity incentive compensation
plan.  The  registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective upon filing
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission. Accordingly, shares registered
under  that  registration  statement  will, subject to limitations applicable to
affiliates,  be  available  for sale in the open market after the filing, except
those shares subject to lock-up agreements and unvested shares.


                                       66
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and  conditions  provided  in an  agreement  among the
underwriters and us, the underwriters named below, through their representatives
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. and Adams,  Harkness &
Hill,  Inc., have severally  agreed to purchase from us the aggregate  number of
shares of our common stock indicated opposite their names below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NUMBER
UNDERWRITER                                          OF SHARES
-------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                 <C>
         Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ...............
         U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. ........
         Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc. ...........

         Total ..................................

</TABLE>

     The  underwriting  agreement  provides  that the obligations of the several
underwriters  are  subject to approval of various legal matters by their counsel
and  to  various  other  conditions, including delivery of legal opinions by our
counsel,  the  delivery of a letter by our independent auditors and the accuracy
of  the representations and warranties made by us in the underwriting agreement.
Under  the  underwriting agreement, the underwriters are obliged to purchase and
pay for all the above shares of our common stock if any are purchased.

PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE

     The  underwriters  propose to offer the shares of our common stock directly
to  the  public  at  the  offering  price  indicated  on  the cover page of this
prospectus  and  at  that  price less a concession not in excess of $ ______ per
share  of  common  stock  to  other  dealers  who  are  members  of the National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers, Inc. The underwriters may allow, and those
dealers  may  reallow,  concessions not in excess of $______ per share of common
stock  to  other  underwriters  or  to  other  dealers. After this offering, the
offering  price,  concessions  and  other  selling  terms  may be changed by the
underwriters.  Our  common stock is offered subject to receipt and acceptance by
the  underwriters and subject to other conditions, including the right to reject
orders  in  whole  or  in  part.  The  underwriters  have  informed  us that the
underwriters  do  not  expect  to  confirm sales of common stock to any accounts
over which they exercise discretionary authority.

     The  following  table  summarizes  the  per share and total public offering
price  of  the  shares  of  common  stock  in  the  offering,  the  underwriting
compensation  to  be  paid  to  the  underwriters by us, and the proceeds of the
offering,  before  expenses,  to us. The information presented assumes either no
exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               TOTAL
                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                       WITHOUT           WITH
                                                       PER SHARE   OVER-ALLOTMENT   OVER-ALLOTMENT
                                                      ----------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>              <C>
Public offering price ...............................  $          $                $
Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us
Proceeds, before expenses, to us ....................
</TABLE>

     The  underwriting  discount and commission per share is equal to the public
offering  price  per  share  of  our  common  stock  less the amount paid by the
underwriters to us per share of common stock.

     We  estimate total expenses payable by us in connection with this offering,
other  than  the  underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will
be approximately $ _______.

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

     We  have  granted  a  30-day  over-allotment  option to the underwriters to
purchase  up to an aggregate of __________ additional shares of our common stock
exercisable   at   the  offering  price  less  the  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions, each as provided on the cover page of this prospectus. If


                                       67
<PAGE>

the  underwriters  exercise  this  option  in whole or in part, then each of the
underwriters  will be obligated to purchase additional shares of common stock in
proportion  to  their  respective purchase commitments as shown in the table set
forth above, subject to various conditions.

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

     The   underwriting   agreement   provides   that   we  will  indemnify  the
underwriters  against  liabilities specified in the underwriting agreement under
the  Securities  Act,  including liabilities arising from material misstatements
or  omissions in connection with disclosure, or will contribute to payments that
the  underwriters  may  be required to make in respect of those liabilities. The
underwriters  have  agreed  to indemnify us against liabilities specified in the
underwriting  agreement under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for
liabilities   arising   under  the  Securities  Act  may  be  permitted  to  the
underwriters,  the  underwriters  have  been advised that, in the opinion of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  such  indemnification  is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

     Our  directors  and  officers and our stockholders holding _________ shares
of  our  stock  have  agreed  that they will not, directly or indirectly, offer,
sell  or  agree  to sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock
or  convertible  securities without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns &
Co. Inc. for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

     In  addition, we have agreed that for a period of 180 days from the date of
this  prospectus,  we  will  not,  without  the  prior  written consent of Bear,
Stearns  &  Co.  Inc.,  directly  or  indirectly, offer, sell, grant any option,
warrant  or other right to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of common
stock  or  convertible  securities,  pledge, make any short sale or maintain any
short  position,  establish  or  maintain  a  put position, enter into any swap,
derivative  transaction  or  other  arrangement that transfers to another any of
the  economic consequences of ownership of common stock, or otherwise dispose of
any  common  stock or convertible securities or any interest in our common stock
or convertible securities.

NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET QUOTATION

     Before  this  offering,  there  has  been  no  public market for our common
stock.  As a result, the initial public offering price for the common stock will
be  determined  by  negotiations  between  us  and  the  representatives  of the
underwriters.  Among  the  factors  to  be considered in determining the initial
public  offering  price will be our future prospects and the future prospects of
our  industry  in  general,  our sales, earnings and certain other financial and
operating   information  in  recent  periods,  and  the  price-earnings  ratios,
price-sales  ratios,  market  prices  of  securities  and  certain financial and
operating  information  of  companies  engaged in activities similar to ours. We
have  applied  for  approval for the quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market,  under  the symbol "INMX." We cannot assure you, however, that
an  active  or  orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that
the  common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering at
or above the initial offering price.

STABILIZATION, SYNDICATE SHORT POSITION AND PENALTY BIDS

     In  order  to  facilitate  this  offering, certain persons participating in
this  offering  may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect   the  price  of  the  common  stock  during  and  after  this  offering.
Specifically,  the  underwriters  may  over-allot  or  otherwise  create a short
position  in  the  common  stock for their own account by selling more shares of
common  stock  than we have actually sold to them. The underwriters may elect to
cover  any  such short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open
market  and  may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to
syndicate  members  or  other  broker-dealers participating in this offering are
reclaimed  if shares of common stock previously distributed in this offering are
repurchased in


                                       68
<PAGE>

connection  with  stabilization  transactions  or otherwise. The effect of these
transactions  may  be to stabilize or maintain the market price at a level above
that  which  might  otherwise  prevail  in  the open market. The imposition of a
penalty  bid may also affect the price of the common stock to the extent that it
discourages  resales  thereof.  No representation is made as to the magnitude or
effect  of  any  such stabilization or other transactions. Such transactions may
be  effected  on  the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may
be discontinued at any time.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

     At  our  request,  the  underwriters  have reserved for sale at the initial
public  offering  price  up to _______ shares of common stock to be sold in this
offering  for  sale  to our directors, officers, employees, business associates,
vendors  and  related  persons.  Purchases  of  reserved  shares  are to be made
through  an account at Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. in accordance with Bear, Stearns
&  Co.  Inc.'s  procedures for opening an account and transacting in securities.
The  number  of  shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced
to  the  extent  that any reserved shares are purchased. Any reserved shares not
purchased  by  our  directors, officers, employees, business associates, vendors
and  related  persons  will be offered by the underwriters to the general public
on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.


                                       69
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters, including the legal validity of the shares of common
stock  we are  offering,  will be  passed  upon for us by our  counsel,  Hogan &
Hartson L.L.P.,  Washington,  D.C. Certain legal matters in connection with this
offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Coudert Brothers, New York,
New York. A partner of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. beneficially owns 33,748 shares of
our common stock.

                                    EXPERTS

     The  consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 and
for  each  of  the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999 included in
this  prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche, LLP, independent
auditors,  as  stated  in  their  reports  appearing  herein,  and  have been so
included  in  reliance  upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     We  have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  under the Securities Act covering the shares of our common
stock  offered  by  this  prospectus.  This  prospectus does not contain all the
information  we  included  in  the  registration  statement and the exhibits and
schedules  we attached to it. For further information about us and the shares we
are  offering  by this prospectus, you should review this registration statement
and  the  exhibits  and  schedules  attached  to  it. A copy of our registration
statement,  including  the exhibits and schedules, may be read and copied at the
Securities  and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  Information  on  the  operation  of the Public
Reference   Room  may  be  obtained  by  calling  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  Also,  the  Securities  and Exchange Commission
maintains   an   Internet   site  at  http://www.sec.gov,  from  which  you  can
electronically  access  our  registration  statement, including the exhibits and
schedules attached to it.

     As  a  result  of  this  offering,  we  will  become  subject  to  the full
informational  requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We intend to
fulfill  these  requirements  by  filing  periodic reports and other information
with   the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  We  intend  to  furnish  our
stockholders  with  annual  reports containing consolidated financial statements
certified by an independent public accounting firm.


                                       70
<PAGE>

                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PAGE
                                                                                           -----
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Independent Auditors' Report ............................................................. F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 and as of
 March 31, 2000 (unaudited) .............................................................. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998
 and 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 (unaudited) ............. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended
 December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2000            F-6
  (unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998
 and 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 (unaudited) ............. F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................... F-9
</TABLE>












                                      F-1

<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
InforMax, Inc., and Subsidiary
Rockville, Maryland

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of InforMax, Inc.,
and  subsidiary  as  of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related consolidated
statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity (deficit), and cash flows for
each  of  the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999. These financial
statements   are   the   responsibility   of   the   Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an opinion on the financial statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted  in  the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the
financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An audit includes
examining,  on  a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing the accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as well as
evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial position of InforMax, Inc. and subsidiary as
of  December  31,  1999  and 1998, and the results of their operations and their
cash  flows  for  each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999,
in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in the United
States of America.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia
June 7, 2000, except for Note 16, paragraphs six, seven, eight, nine and ten, as
to which the dates are June 19,  2000,  June 23, 2000,  June 29, 2000,  June 30,
2000 and July 7, 2000, respectively.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31, 2000
                                              -----------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                                                                 (PRO FORMA)
                                                   1998            1999            ACTUAL         (NOTE 2)
                   ASSETS                     -------------   -------------   ---------------   ------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ................    $  295,669      $1,398,937       $   889,359     $
 Accounts receivable (net of allowance for
   doubtful accounts of $15,000 at December
   31, 1998 and 1999 and March 31, 2000
   (unaudited)), respectively .............     1,550,328       2,640,485         3,542,682
 Income tax receivable ....................            --         122,446           100,935
 Deferred tax asset .......................       581,353         676,379         1,162,921
 Prepaid expenses .........................            --         222,473           194,939
 Other current assets .....................         9,435          28,837            52,851
                                               ----------      ----------       -----------     ------------
    Total current assets ..................     2,436,785       5,089,557         5,943,687
                                               ==========      ==========       ===========     ============
Property and equipment:
 Computer equipment .......................       434,669       1,060,435         1,315,817
 Purchased software .......................         4,340          58,306           109,278
 Office furniture and equipment ...........        46,236         537,908           978,312
 Leasehold improvements ...................            --         155,122           211,932
                                               ----------      ----------       -----------     ------------
                                                  485,245       1,811,771         2,615,339
 Less: Accumulated depreciation and
   amortization ...........................      (114,426)       (375,472)         (523,289)
                                               ----------      ----------       -----------     ------------
    Property and equipment - net ..........       370,819       1,436,299         2,092,050
                                               ----------      ----------       -----------     ------------
Other assets:
 Deposits .................................        10,883          67,996            74,212
 Loan to shareholder ......................            --          69,360            70,904
 Deferred tax asset .......................        64,341         601,500           114,959
                                               ----------      ----------       -----------     ------------
    Total other assets ....................        75,224         738,856           260,075
                                               ----------      ----------       -----------     ------------
Total assets ..............................    $2,882,828      $7,264,712       $ 8,295,812
                                               ==========      ==========       ===========     ============
</TABLE>


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.







                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,                 MARCH 31, 2000
                                                               ----------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                                                                               PRO FORMA
                                                                    1998           1999           ACTUAL       (NOTE 2)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)                 ------------- --------------- --------------- ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Accounts payable .............................................  $  391,477    $    404,016    $    843,497       $
 Accounts payable to related parties .........................      23,325          21,806          91,233
 Accrued liabilities .........................................     341,972         933,125         753,030
 Line of credit ..............................................     200,000         550,000       1,050,000
 Equipment loan facility - current portion ...................          --         337,302         601,635
 Notes payable ...............................................      64,415              --              --
 Capital lease obligations - current portion .................     114,106         113,293         104,246
 Deferred revenue ............................................   1,489,389       1,689,997       2,612,953
 Income taxes payable ........................................     151,296              --              --
 Billings in excess of cost on government contracts ..........      79,796              --              --
                                                                ----------    ------------    ------------       --------
    Total current liabilities ................................   2,855,776       4,049,539       6,056,594
                                                                ----------    ------------    ------------       --------
Long-term liabilities:
 Capital lease obligations - less current portion ............     182,346          92,208          69,005
 Equipment loan facility - less current portion ..............          --         623,245         959,732
 Deferred revenue ............................................     249,886         121,673          97,034
                                                                ----------    ------------    ------------       --------
    Total long-term liabilities ..............................     432,232         837,126       1,125,771
                                                                ==========    ============    ============       ========
Commitments and contingencies
 (Notes 13 and 14 ) ..........................................
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value
 $0.01; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at
 December 31, 1998, 2,161,265 shares authorized, issued,
 and outstanding at December 31, 1999 and March 31,
 2000 (unaudited) and no shares issued and outstanding
 at March 31, 2000 pro forma (unaudited), liquidation
 preference - $1.85 per share.................................          --       4,095,054       4,179,124
                                                                ----------    ------------    ------------       --------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Common stock - voting, par value $0.01; 1,595,455
   shares authorized; 1,146,600, 1,500,000, 1,500,000, and
   _________ shares issued, and 996,600, 1,350,000,
   1,350,000, and _________ shares outstanding at
   December 31, 1998, 1999, March 31, 2000 (unaudited),
   and March 31, 2000 pro forma (unaudited),
   respectively ..............................................      11,466          15,000          15,000
 Common stock - nonvoting, par value $0.01; 14,931,864
   shares authorized; 1,429,400, 1,218,000, 2,468,000, and
   _________ shares issued, and 1,239,400, 1,028,000,
   2,278,000, and ________ shares outstanding at
   December 31, 1998 and 1999, March 31, 2000
   (unaudited) and March 31, 2000 pro forma
   (unaudited), respectively .................................      14,294          12,180          24,680
 Additional paid-in capital ..................................     562,407         948,165       2,494,727
 Deferred compensation .......................................     (16,218)       (400,208)       (857,863)
 Accumulated deficit .........................................    (858,129)     (2,173,144)     (4,623,221)
 Treasury stock, 340,000 shares - at cost, at
   December 31, 1998 and 1999, March 31, 2000
   (unaudited) and March 31, 2000 pro forma
   (unaudited), respectively .................................    (119,000)       (119,000)       (119,000)
                                                                ----------    ------------    ------------       --------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .....................    (405,180)     (1,717,007)     (3,065,677)
                                                                ----------    ------------    ------------       --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) .........  $2,882,828    $  7,264,712    $  8,295,812       $
                                                                ==========    ============    ============       ========
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                                   ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                        1997          1998           1999            1999            2000
                                                   ------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues:
 Software license and customer support ...........  $1,334,510    $2,732,382    $  7,277,627     $ 1,048,828    $  2,411,476
 Professional services............................     867,212     1,393,863       2,736,798         541,358         797,116
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
    Total revenues ...............................   2,201,722     4,126,245      10,014,425       1,590,186       3,208,592
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Cost of revenues:
 Software license and customer support ...........      38,102       190,144         404,848          70,468         100,426
 Professional services(1).........................     716,059     1,081,021       1,612,167         342,724         425,094
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
    Total cost of revenues .......................     754,161     1,271,165       2,017,015         413,192         525,520
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Gross profit .....................................   1,447,561     2,855,080       7,997,410       1,176,994       2,683,072
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and administrative(2)...........   1,075,264     2,475,840       6,999,916       1,088,455       3,423,604
 Research and development(3)......................     365,034     1,162,471       2,597,281         485,245         961,305
 Stock based compensation ........................     210,695        17,782         138,185          17,611         556,291
 Depreciation and amortization ...................      17,945        93,809         272,548          40,754         148,284
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
    Total operating expenses .....................   1,668,938     3,749,902      10,007,930       1,632,065       5,089,484
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Loss from operations .............................    (221,377)     (894,822)     (2,010,520)       (455,071)     (2,406,412)
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
Other income (expense):
 Investment earnings .............................          --            --          66,342             609           6,503
 Interest expense ................................     (18,523)      (59,910)        (86,538)        (15,325)        (44,853)
 Other ...........................................     (12,404)       (3,313)        (10,642)             --          (5,315)
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
    Total other income (expense) .................     (30,927)      (63,223)        (30,838)        (14,716)        (43,665)
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Loss before income taxes .........................    (252,304)     (958,045)     (2,041,358)       (469,787)     (2,450,077)
Income tax benefit ...............................    (118,224)     (391,291)       (726,343)       (132,842)             --
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
Net loss .........................................    (134,080)     (566,754)     (1,315,015)       (336,945)     (2,450,077)
Accretion of transaction costs on redeemable
 convertible preferred stock .....................  $       --    $       --    $     (8,139)    $        --    $     (4,069)
Accrued dividend on redeemable convertible
 preferred stock .................................          --            --        (168,300)             --         (80,001)
                                                    ----------    ----------    ------------     -----------    ------------
Net loss applicable to common shares .............  $ (134,080)   $ (566,754)   $ (1,491,454)    $  (336,945)   $ (2,534,147)
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Basic net loss applicable per common share .......  $    (0.07)   $    (0.26)   $      (0.64)    $     (0.15)   $      (1.01)
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Diluted net loss applicable per common share .....  $    (0.07)   $    (0.26)   $      (0.64)    $     (0.15)   $      (1.01)
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
Weighted average common shares outstanding -
 Basic and diluted ...............................   1,875,900     2,162,650       2,319,833       2,245,400       2,519,484
                                                    ==========    ==========    ============     ===========    ============
</TABLE>

------------------
(1) Cost of revenues -- professional  services includes stock based compensation
    of $105,539,  $-0-,  $-0-, $-0-, and $4,187 for the years ended December 31,
    1997,  1998,  and 1999 and the three month  periods ended March 31, 1999 and
    2000 (unaudited), respectively

(2) Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses includes related party legal
    expenses of $4,751,  $21,256,  $227,039,  $38,642 and $69,427 and consulting
    expenses of $-0-, $34,333,  $120,833, $31,500 and $25,000 and excludes stock
    based compensation of $76,189,  $-0-, $111,019,  $1,393 and $538,023 for the
    years ended December 31, 1997,  1998, and 1999 and three month periods ended
    March 31, 1999 and 2000 (unaudited), respectively

(3) Research and  development  expenses  excludes  stock based  compensation  of
    $134,506, $17,782, $27,166, $16,218 and $18,268 for the years ended December
    31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 and the three month periods ended March 31, 1999 and
    2000, respectively


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        COMMON STOCK - VOTING                     COMMON STOCK - NONVOTING
                                      -------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                         ISSUED    OUTSTANDING                ISSUED     OUTSTANDING
                                         SHARES       SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES        SHARES       AMOUNT
                                      ----------- ------------- ---------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997 ............  1,146,600    1,146,600    $11,466      989,300       989,300    $   9,893
Purchase of treasury stock ..........         --     (150,000)        --           --      (190,000)          --
Issuance of stock options ...........         --           --         --           --            --           --
Net loss ............................         --           --         --           --            --           --
                                       ---------    ---------    -------      -------      --------    ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997 ..........  1,146,600      996,600     11,466      989,300       799,300        9,893
Share options exercised .............         --           --         --      440,100       440,100        4,401
Issuance of stock options ...........         --           --         --           --            --           --
Amortization of deferred
 compensation on stock
 options ............................         --           --         --           --            --           --
Net loss ............................         --           --         --           --            --           --
                                       ---------    ---------    -------      -------      --------    ---------
Balance, December 31, 1998 ..........  1,146,600      996,600     11,466    1,429,400     1,239,400       14,294
Conversion -- non-voting shares
 to voting ..........................    353,400      353,400      3,534     (353,400)     (353,400)      (3,534)
Issuance of common stock ............         --           --         --       60,000        60,000          600
Share options exercised .............         --           --         --       82,000        82,000          820
Issuance of stock options ...........         --           --         --           --            --           --
Amortization of deferred
 compensation on stock options
 and restricted stock ...............         --           --         --           --            --           --
Accretion of transaction costs on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................         --           --         --           --            --           --
Accrual of dividend on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................         --           --         --           --            --           --
Net loss ............................         --           --         --           --            --           --
                                       ---------    ---------    -------    ---------     ---------    ---------
Balance, December 31, 1999 ..........  1,500,000    1,350,000     15,000    1,218,000     1,028,000       12,180
Share options exercised .............         --           --               1,250,000            --       12,500
Issuance of stock options ...........         --           --         --           --            --           --
Adjustments to deferred
 compensation for variable
 stock options and restricted
 stock ..............................         --           --         --           --            --           --
Amortization of deferred
 compensation on stock options
 and restricted stock ...............         --           --         --           --            --           --
Accretion of transaction costs on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................         --           --         --           --            --           --
Accrual of dividend on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................         --           --         --           --            --           --
Net loss ............................         --           --         --           --            --           --
                                       ---------    ---------    -------    ---------     ---------    ---------
Balance, March 31, 2000
 (unaudited) ........................  1,500,000    1,350,000     15,000    2,468,000     1,028,000       24,680
Pro forma conversion of
 nonvoting to voting common
 stock (unaudited) ..................
Pro forma conversion of
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock to common
 stock (unaudited) ..................
                                       ---------    ---------    -------    ---------     ---------    ---------
Pro forma balance, March 31,
 2000 (unaudited) ...................                           $                                     $
                                       =========    =========    =======    =========     =========    =========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           TREASURY STOCK
                                      ------------------------
                                                                 ADDITIONAL
                                                                  PAID-IN       DEFERRED      ACCUMULATED
                                        SHARES       AMOUNT       CAPITAL     COMPENSATION       DEFICIT          TOTAL
                                      ---------- ------------- ------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997 ............       --    $        --   $   212,173   $         -    $    (157,295)  $      76,237
Purchase of treasury stock ..........  340,000       (119,000)            -             -                -        (119,000)
Issuance of stock options ...........       --             --       316,234             -                -         316,234
Net loss ............................       --             --             -             -         (134,080)       (134,080)
                                       -------    -----------   -----------   -----------    -------------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1997 ..........  340,000       (119,000)      528,407             -         (291,375)        139,391
Share options exercised .............       --             --            --             -                -           4,401
Issuance of stock options ...........       --             --        34,000       (34,000)               -               -
Amortization of deferred
 compensation on stock
 options ............................       --             --             -        17,782                -          17,782
Net loss ............................       --             --             -             -         (566,754)       (566,754)
                                       -------    -----------   -----------   -----------    -------------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 ..........  340,000       (119,000)      562,407       (16,218)        (858,129)       (405,180)
Conversion -- non-voting shares
 to voting ..........................       --             --            --            --                -               -
Issuance of common stock ............       --             --       101,414       (87,014)               -          15,000
Share options exercised .............       --             --        25,622            --                -          26,442
Issuance of stock options ...........       --             --       435,161      (435,161)               -               -
Amortization of deferred
 compensation on stock options
 and restricted stock ...............       --             --            --       138,185                -         138,185
Accretion of transaction costs on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................       --             --        (8,139)           --                -          (8,139)
Accrual of dividend on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................       --             --      (168,300)           --                -        (168,300)
Net loss ............................       --             --            --            --       (1,315,015)     (1,315,015)
                                       -------    -----------   -----------   -----------    -------------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1999 ..........  340,000       (119,000)      948,165      (400,208)      (2,173,144)     (1,717,007)
Share options exercised .............       --             --       612,500            --               --         625,000
Issuance of stock options ...........       --             --       500,303      (500,303)              --              --
Adjustments to deferred
 compensation for variable
 stock options and restricted
 stock ..............................       --             --       517,829      (517,829)              --              --
Amortization of deferred
 compensation on stock options
 and restricted stock ...............       --             --            --       560,477               --         560,477
Accretion of transaction costs on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................       --             --        (4,069)           --               --          (4,069)
Accrual of dividend on
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock ....................       --             --       (80,001)           --               --         (80,001)
Net loss ............................       --             --            --            --       (2,450,077)     (2,450,077)
                                       -------    -----------   -----------   -----------    -------------   -------------
Balance, March 31, 2000
 (unaudited) ........................  340,000       (119,000)    2,494,727      (857,863)      (4,623,221)     (3,065,677)
Pro forma conversion of
 nonvoting to voting common
 stock (unaudited) ..................
Pro forma conversion of
 redeemable convertible
 preferred stock to common
 stock (unaudited) ..................  -------    ------------  -----------   -----------    -------------   -------------
Pro forma balance, March 31,
 2000 (unaudited) ...................             $             $             $              $               $
                                       =======    ============  ===========   ===========    =============   =============

</TABLE>
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       MARCH 31,
                                           ---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
                                                1997           1998            1999            1999           2000
                                           -------------- -------------- ---------------- ------------- ----------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
Cash flow from operating activities:
 Net loss ................................   $ (134,080)   $   (566,754)   $ (1,315,015)   $ (336,945)    $ (2,450,077)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss
   to net cash provided by (used
   in) operating activities:
   Depreciation expense ..................       17,945          93,809         272,548        40,754          148,284
   Loss on sale of furniture and
    equipment ............................           --              --           9,840            --            4,312
   Expense related to stock options
    and restricted stock .................      316,234          17,782         138,185        17,611          560,478
   Deferred income tax benefit ...........     (254,403)       (391,291)       (623,223)     (150,069)              --
   Changes in other assets:
    (Increase) decrease in
      accounts receivable ................     (165,251)     (1,184,462)     (1,090,157)      965,077         (902,197)
    (Increase) decrease in income
      tax receivable .....................           --              --        (122,446)                        21,511
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid
      expenses ...........................           --              --        (222,473)       (5,400)          27,534
    Increase in other current
      assets .............................       (8,073)         (1,362)        (23,762)       (5,989)         (25,559)
    Increase in deposits .................       (4,752)         (4,046)        (57,113)      (25,511)          (6,216)
   Changes in other liabilities:
    Increase in accounts payable .........       53,158         346,669          11,020        20,933          508,908
    Increase (decrease) in accrued
      liabilities ........................      117,483         163,647         591,153      (159,512)        (180,095)
    Increase (decrease) in income
      tax payable ........................      125,638          15,307        (151,296)     (151,296)              --
    Increase (decrease) in billings
      in excess of cost on
      government contracts ...............        8,578          56,218         (79,796)       33,345               --
    Increase (decrease) in
      deferred revenue ...................      350,900       1,388,375          72,395       (25,430)         898,317
                                             ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------     ------------
      Cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities ..............      423,377         (66,108)     (2,590,140)      217,568       (1,394,800)
                                             ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------     ------------
Cash flow from investing activities:
 Purchase of furniture and
   equipment .............................       (5,437)        (71,505)     (1,342,908)      (54,882)        (811,977)
 Proceeds from sale of furniture
   and equipment .........................           --              --           9,621            --            3,629
 Increase in shareholder note
   receivable ............................           --              --         (65,000)           --               --
                                             ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------     ------------
      Cash used in investing
       activities ........................       (5,437)        (71,505)     (1,398,287)      (54,882)        (808,348)
                                             ----------    ------------    ------------    ----------     ------------
 </TABLE>


                                      F-7

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        MARCH 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                               1997            1998             1999             1999           2000
                                           ------------   --------------   --------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
Cash flow from financing activities:
 Repayments on capital lease
   obligations .........................      (16,915)         (88,390)        (105,532)         (2,700)      (32,250)
 Proceeds from line of credit ..........           --          140,509          618,239              --       500,000
 Repayments on line of credit ..........           --               --         (268,239)             --            --
 Proceeds from notes payable ...........           --           29,415           92,363          15,193       660,000
 Proceeds from equipment loan
   facility ............................           --               --          960,547              --            --
 Repayments on notes payable ...........       (5,000)         (35,000)        (156,778)        (35,000)      (59,180)
 Purchase of treasury stock ............      (49,000)              --               --              --            --
 Closing costs for Series A
   redeemable convertible
   preferred stock .....................           --               --          (81,385)             --            --
 Proceeds from sale of Series A
   redeemable convertible
   preferred stock .....................           --               --        4,000,000              --            --
 Proceed from issuance of common
   stock ...............................           --               --           15,000             320           125
 Proceeds from share options
   exercised ...........................           --            4,401           17,480              --       624,875
                                              -------          -------        ---------         -------       --------
      Cash (used in) provided by
       financing activities ............      (70,915)          50,935        5,091,695         (22,187)    1,693,570
                                              -------          -------        ---------         -------     ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
 cash equivalents ......................      347,025          (86,678)       1,103,268         140,499      (509,578)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents.....       35,322          382,347          295,669         295,669     1,398,937
                                              -------          -------        ---------         -------     ----------
Ending cash and cash equivalents .......    $ 382,347       $  295,669       $1,398,937       $ 436,168     $ 889,359
                                            =========       ==========       ==========       =========     ==========
Supplemental information on
 noncash investing and financing
 transactions:
 Purchases of equipment through
   capital lease obligations:
 Purchase of equipment .................    $ (97,071)      $ (296,814)      $  (14,581)      $ (14,581)    $      --
 Increase in capital lease
   obligations .........................       97,071          296,814           14,581          14,581            --
                                            ---------       ----------       ----------       ---------     ----------
                                            $      --       $       --       $       --       $      --     $      --
                                            =========       ==========       ==========       =========     ==========
 Purchase of treasury stock through
   note payable:
 Increase in notes payable .............    $  70,000       $       --       $       --       $      --     $      --
 Increase in treasury stock ............      (70,000)              --               --              --            --
                                            ---------       ----------       ----------       ---------     ----------
                                            $      --       $       --       $       --       $      --     $      --
                                            =========       ==========       ==========       =========     ==========
Supplemental cash flow information:
 Cash paid for income taxes ............    $      --       $       --       $  151,296       $      --     $      --
                                            =========       ==========       ==========       =========     ==========
 Cash paid for interest ................    $  18,523       $   59,910       $   83,995       $  15,325     $  44,853
                                            =========       ==========       ==========       =========     ==========
 </TABLE>


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                                 INFORMAX, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999


1.   NATURE OF THE BUSINESS

     InforMax is a global provider of bioinformatic  software  solutions for the
     analysis and  interpretation of genomic,  proteomic and other  biomolecular
     data. Bioinformatic software is a key enabling technology, representing the
     convergence  of  molecular  biology,  information  technology  and Internet
     communications.  Bioinformatic software, combined with automated laboratory
     research technologies,  enables researchers across the numerous disciplines
     using a data driven,  genomic  approach to biological  discovery to achieve
     greater efficiency,  productivity and collaboration in their research.  The
     Company's bioinformatic software solutions make it possible for researchers
     within  and  across  organizations  to  efficiently  organize,   integrate,
     analyze,  interpret and visualize  diverse and rapidly  growing  volumes of
     genomic,  proteomic and other  biomolecular data. The Company also provides
     technology  consulting  services to the National  Center for  Biotechnology
     Information (NCBI) under subcontracts.

     InforMax,   Inc.  was   incorporated  in  Delaware  in  May  1990  and  its
     majority-owned  subsidiary,  InforModus  SARL, was organized  under the tax
     laws of  France  in  1997.  The  Company  is  headquartered  in  Rockville,
     Maryland,  and  has  sales  offices  in  Rockville,   Maryland;  Annapolis,
     Maryland; San Francisco, California; Denver, Colorado; and Oxford, England.



2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Principles  of  Consolidation  - The  accompanying  consolidated  financial
     statements  include the accounts of InforMax,  Inc.,  and its 74% ownership
     interest in its subsidiary. The minority interest is immaterial in relation
     to the  consolidated  financial  statements.  All significant  intercompany
     accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

     Basis of  Accounting  - The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been
     prepared  on  the  accrual  basis  of  accounting  and in  conformity  with
     accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     Revenue  Recognition - The Company  derives revenue  principally  from four
     sources:  software  licensing,  maintenance  fees,  training and consulting
     services  primarily  under  government   contracts.   Software   licensing,
     maintenance  fees,  and  training  are  presented  as software  license and
     customer support on the Consolidated  Statements of Operations.  Consulting
     services  are  presented  as  professional  services  on  the  Consolidated
     Statements of Operations.

     The Company  recognizes  revenue  based on the  provisions  of Statement of
     Position (SOP) No. 97-2,  Software  Revenue  Recognition (as amended by SOP
     No. 98-4 and SOP No. 98-9).  Except as noted below,  software  license fees
     are recognized as revenue upon the customer's  execution of a noncancelable
     license agreement and the Company's delivery of the software, provided that
     the fee is fixed  and  determinable,  collectibility  is  probable,  and no
     customization   of  the  software  is  required.   During  1997  and  1998,
     maintenance  revenue was recognized together with the initial licensing fee
     on delivery of the  software  when all of the  following  were met: (1) the
     maintenance  fee was  included  with the  initial  licensing  fee,  (2) the
     maintenance  revenue  to be  recognized  was for one year or less,  (3) the
     estimated  cost  of  providing   maintenance  during  the  arrangement  was
     insignificant,  and  (4)  any  unspecified  upgrades  were  expected  to be
     minimal.  Revenues from software maintenance contracts that extended beyond
     one year were recognized ratably over the maintenance  period.  During 1999
     due to the  introduction  of and  increased  sales of new modules,  product
     enhancements,  and product versions,  the Company increased its maintenance
     support staff, and as a result, the estimated cost of providing maintenance
     during the arrangement period was no longer deemed insignificant. Therefore
     beginning in January 1999, revenues from all software maintenance contracts
     were recognized ratably based upon their vendor specific objective evidence
     of fair value and recorded over the maintenance period.


                                      F-9

<PAGE>

                                 INFORMAX, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

     In  circumstances  where fair value for undelivered  elements of a multiple
     element contract are not determinable,  revenue on the contract is entirely
     deferred until either fair value is  determinable  or when all elements are
     delivered,  unless the only  undelivered  element is maintenance,  in which
     case revenue is recognized ratably over the remaining  maintenance  period.
     Maintenance   contracts   provide  for   technical   support  and  periodic
     unspecified  upgrades.  Amounts  received  in  advance of the  delivery  of
     products or performance  of services are  classified as deferred  revenues.

     Training is provided on a daily fee basis with  revenue  recognized  as the
     services are provided.

     Consulting services other than under government contracts are provided on a
     time and  material  basis  with  revenue  recognized  as the  services  are
     provided.

     During 1997 and 1998,  the  Company's  consulting  services  revenue  under
     government contracts related to services provided under a time and material
     subcontract  and  a  cost-plus-fixed-fee   subcontract.   During  1999  the
     cost-plus-fixed-fee  subcontract  was converted at the time of renewal to a
     time  and  material   contract.   Revenue   under  the  time  and  material
     subcontracts is recognized  based on contractual  rates as the services are
     provided. Revenue under the cost-plus-fixed-fee  subcontract was recognized
     as recoverable costs were incurred, including a proportionate amount of the
     fixed  fee.  Billings  under  cost  reimbursement  contracts  are  based on
     provisional  rates.  The  amount  reported  in the  accompanying  financial
     statements  as  billings  in excess of costs  results  from the  difference
     between the provisional rates billed and the actual rates incurred.

     Property and Equipment - Property and  equipment  are stated at cost,  less
     accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation on property and
     equipment is computed on a  straight-line  basis over the estimated  useful
     lives of the assets ranging from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements
     are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the assets
     or the terms of the related lease.  Repairs and maintenance are expensed as
     incurred; major improvements and betterments are capitalized.

     Software Development Costs - Development costs incurred in the research and
     development of new software  products and enhancements to existing software
     products are expensed as incurred until technological  feasibility has been
     established.   The  Company  considers  technological   feasibility  to  be
     established  when all  planning,  designing,  coding and  testing  has been
     completed  according  to design  specifications.  After  the  technological
     feasibility has been established, any additional costs would be capitalized
     in  accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 86,
     "Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer  Software  to be Sold,  Leased  or
     Otherwise  Marketed." Through December 31, 1999,  software  development has
     been  substantially   completed  concurrently  with  the  establishment  of
     technological feasibility,  and accordingly, no costs have been capitalized
     to date.

     Income Taxes - The income tax  provision  includes  income taxes  currently
     payable  plus the net  change  during  the year in  deferred  tax assets or
     liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  reflect the differences
     between  the  carrying  value  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles
     generally accepted in the United States of America and tax values of assets
     and  liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates  for the  period  in which the
     differences are expected to reverse.

     Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash  equivalents  consist of cash and
     money market  accounts.  For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the
     Company   considers  all  highly  liquid  debt  instruments  with  original
     maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

     Concentration  of Credit  Risk -  Financial  instruments  that  potentially
     subject the Company to a concentration of credit risks consist  principally
     of cash, cash equivalents,  and accounts receivable.  The Company generally
     does not require  collateral on accounts  receivable as the majority of its
     customers  are  well-established  companies,  colleges,   universities  and
     government entities.


                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

     The Company  maintains its cash and cash  equivalents in bank accounts that
     at times may exceed  federally  insured  limits.  At December  31, 1998 and
     1999, balances of approximately $48,000 and $1,436,000,  respectively, were
     in excess of the federally  insured limit of $100,000.  The Company has not
     experienced  any losses in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to
     any significant credit risk.

     Stock-Based  Compensation  - In  February  1999,  the  Board  of  Directors
     instituted an Equity  Incentive Plan (the Plan) intended to qualify as such
     under the  provisions of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended. In addition, the Company has issued nonqualified stock options.

     The Company  follows  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Statement of
     Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
     Compensation" (SFAS No. 123). In accounting for stock options, as permitted
     by SFAS No. 123,  the Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  to
     employees in accordance with Accounting  Principles Board (APB) Opinion No.
     25, and accordingly, recognizes compensation expense for fixed stock option
     grants  only when the  exercise  price is less  than the fair  value of the
     shares on the date of the grant.  Pro forma  information  is  provided  for
     employee  stock option grants made in 1997,  1998,  and 1999 as if the fair
     value based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied.

     Evaluation  of  Long-lived  Assets - The Company  evaluates  the  potential
     impairment of long-lived assets based upon projections of undiscounted cash
     flows  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the
     carrying  amount  of an  asset  may not be  fully  recoverable.  Management
     believes no  impairment  of these  assets  exists at December  31, 1998 and
     1999.

     Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments  -  The  following  disclosures  of
     estimated fair value were determined by management  using available  market
     information and appropriate valuation methodologies.

     The fair values of the  Company's  financial  instruments,  including  cash
     equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, lines
     of credit,  notes payable and long-term  debt  approximate  their  carrying
     values.

     Disclosure about fair values of financial instruments is based on pertinent
     information  available  to  management  as of  December  31, 1998 and 1999.
     Although  management  is not aware of any factors that would  significantly
     affect the reasonable fair value amounts,  current  estimates of fair value
     may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

     Advertising - The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Total
     advertising  expense was $3,157,  $83,419 and  $612,196 for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999, respectively.

     Estimates and  Assumptions  - The  preparation  of financial  statements in
     conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted in the United
     States of America  requires  management to make estimates and  assumptions.
     These estimates and assumptions  affect the reported  amounts of assets and
     liabilities,  the  disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the
     date  of the  financial  statements,  as well as the  reported  amounts  of
     revenues and expenses  during the year.  Actual results could vary from the
     estimates that were used.

     Redeemable  Convertible Preferred Stock - The Company accretes the increase
     in the redemption  value of its Series A Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred
     Stock  through  a charge  to  additional  paid-in  capital  based  upon the
     redemption dates prescribed in the Series A Preferred Stock Agreement.  The
     period of  accretion  begins on the June  1999  issue  date and ends on the
     prescribed  redemption date, which is the fifth anniversary of the original
     issue date.


                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                                 INFORMAX, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

     Net Loss Per Share - Basic net loss per share has been  computed  using the
     weighted  average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during  the year:
     diluted net loss per share includes  dilutive stock options and convertible
     preferred stock. Due to net operating losses for each of the three years in
     the period  ended  December  31, 1999,  the stock  options and  convertible
     preferred stock are considered antidilutive.

     Unaudited  Pro  forma  Presentation  - Under  the  terms  of the  Company's
     agreements  with  the  holders  of  the  Series  A  Redeemable  Convertible
     Preferred Stock (see Note 7), all of such preferred stock will be converted
     automatically into shares of common stock upon the closing of the Company's
     initial public offering.  The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information
     at March 31, 2000 reflects the  conversion of the Series A preferred  stock
     into  2,161,265  shares of common  stock as if the  conversion  occurred on
     March  31,  2000.  In  addition,  the  unaudited  pro forma  balance  sheet
     information  at March 31, 2000 reflects the  conversion of the  outstanding
     nonvoting  common  stock  into  shares  of  voting  common  stock as if the
     conversion occurred on March 31, 2000.

     Reclassifications  -  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the
     prior-year financial statements to conform to current-year presentation.

     New  Accounting  Pronouncements  - In June 1998,  the Financial  Accounting
     Standards Board issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS)
     No. 133,  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities,"
     which  establishes   accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  derivative
     instruments  and hedging  activities.  As amended by Statement of Financial
     Accounting  Standards  No. 137,  this  standard  will be effective  for the
     Company for fiscal years and quarters  beginning  after  December 31, 2000,
     and requires that an entity  recognize all  derivatives as either assets or
     liabilities  in the  statement  of  financial  position  and measure  those
     instruments  at fair value.  The Company has not  completed  the process of
     evaluating  the impact  that will result from  adopting  SFAS No. 133.  The
     Company is therefore  unable to predict the potential  impact that adopting
     SFAS No. 133 will have on its financial  position and results of operations
     when such statement is adopted.

     In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff
     Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB) No.  101,  "Revenue  Recognition  in  Financial
     Statements".  This SAB  expresses  the SEC's  views on  applying  generally
     accepted   accounting   principles  to  revenue  recognition  in  financial
     statements.  The application of this SAB will not have a material impact on
     the   Company's   financial   statements,   however,   certain   SEC  staff
     interpretations  of the SAB have not been  published and may have an effect
     on the applicability of the SAB to the consolidated financial statements.

     In March  2000,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  FASB
     Interpretation No. 44, "Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock
     Compensation,  an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25." With the exception
     of   certain   provisions   which   require   earlier   application,   this
     interpretation is effective for all applicable  transactions beginning July
     1,  2000.   The  Company   does  not  expect  that  the  adoption  of  this
     Interpretation will have a material impact on its financial statements.


3.   ACCRUED LIABILITIES

     Accrued liabilities  consisted of the following as of December 31, 1998 and
     1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998          1999
                                                      ----------   -----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
     Accrued bonuses ..............................    $ 85,000     $182,250
     Accrued interest .............................          --        2,543
     Accrued commissions ..........................     224,070      369,105
     Accrued litigation liability (Note 14) .......          --      228,600
     Other ........................................      32,902      150,627
                                                       --------     --------
       Total ......................................    $341,972     $933,125
                                                       ========     ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

4. INCOME TAXES

  The  components  of  the benefit for income taxes for the years ended December
   31, 1997, 1998, and 1999, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997            1998            1999
                                                    -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
  Current provision (benefit):
    Federal .....................................    $  107,599      $       --      $  (86,495)
    State .......................................        28,580              --         (16,625)
                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
      Total current provision (benefit) .........       136,179              --        (103,120)
                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Deferred benefit:
    Federal .....................................      (208,291)       (324,627)       (504,380)
    State .......................................       (46,112)        (66,664)       (118,843)
                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
      Total deferred benefit ....................      (254,403)       (391,291)       (623,223)
                                                     ----------      ----------      ----------
      Total benefit for income taxes ............    $ (118,224)     $ (391,291)     $ (726,343)
                                                     ==========      ==========      ==========
 </TABLE>

   At  December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively, the components of the Company's
   deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1998           1999
                                                       -----------   -------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>
  Deferred tax assets:
    Deferred revenue ...............................    $449,643      $  699,667
    Compensation relating to stock options .........      64,341          84,838
    Allowance for doubtful accounts ................       5,793           5,793
    Restricted stock ...............................          --          12,530
    Accrued commissions ............................          --          17,909
    Net operating loss .............................     110,450         493,401
    Research and development tax credit ............      23,500              --
                                                        --------      ----------
      Total deferred tax assets ....................     653,727       1,314,138
                                                        --------      ----------
   Deferred tax liabilities:
    Accelerated depreciation .......................      (8,033)        (36,259)
                                                        --------      ----------
      Total deferred tax liabilities ...............      (8,033)        (36,259)
                                                        --------      ----------
      Net deferred tax assets ......................    $645,694      $1,277,879
                                                        ========      ==========
 </TABLE>

   At  December  31,  1999,  the  Company  had  a  net  federal  operating  loss
   carryforward   of   approximately  $1,277,600,  expiring  in  2019.  The  net
   operating  loss  generated  in  1998  was  carried  back  to  1996  and  1997
   resulting  in  an  income tax receivable of $122,446 as of December 31, 1999.
   The  provision  for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying
   the statutory U.S. Federal income taxes as a result of the following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1997             1998             1999
                                                             --------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>              <C>
  Statutory U.S. Federal rate ............................        (34.00)%         (34.00)%         (34.00)%

  (Increase) decrease in taxes resulting from: ...........
    State income taxes - net of Federal benefit ..........        ( 4.62)          ( 4.62)          ( 4.38)
    R&D credits ..........................................        ( 8.52)          ( 2.45)               -
    Other ................................................          0.28             0.23             2.80
                                                                  ------           ------           ------
                                                                  (46.86)%         (40.84)%         (35.58)%
    Effective tax rate ...................................        ======           ======           ======

</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999


5. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

   Common  Stock -  The  Company  has two classes of common stock. These classes
   include  a  voting  class  of  common  stock  (Voting Shares) and a nonvoting
   class  of  common  stock (Nonvoting Shares). Voting shares have voting rights
   with   respect   to   all  matters  customarily  reserved  to  holders  of  a
   corporation's  common  stock  under  the  Delaware  General  Corporation Law.
   Except  with  respect to the lack of voting rights, Nonvoting Shares have all
   of  the  rights  and  interests  of  the  Voting  Shares. With respect to the
   voting  rights  of  the  Nonvoting  Shares,  such shares are only entitled to
   vote  on  amendments  to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company that
   would:  (a)  increase  or decrease the number of authorized nonvoting shares,
   (b)  increase  or  decrease  the  par  value  of the nonvoting shares, or (c)
   alter  or  change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Nonvoting
   Shares.

   In  February  1999,  the  Board  of Directors approved a 100:1 stock split of
   all   of   the  shares  of  the  common  stock  of  the  Company  issued  and
   outstanding.  In  connection  with  the  stock  split, the Board of Directors
   approved  the  increase  in  the number of authorized shares of voting common
   stock  to  1,595,455  and  the increase in the number of authorized shares of
   nonvoting  common  stock  to  14,931,864.  Further,  the  Board  of Directors
   approved  the  exchange  of  353,400  shares  of  nonvoting  common stock for
   353,400  shares  of  voting  common  stock  by  the President/Chief Executive
   Officer.  Shares  issued and outstanding have been adjusted retroactively for
   all periods presented to reflect that change in capital structure.

   In  1999,  the  Board  of Directors granted 60,000 shares of restricted stock
   to  two  consultants  of  the  Company.  The  restricted  stock  vests over a
   four-year  period  and is subject to service and performance requirements. In
   relation  to  the  issuance  of  this  restricted stock, the Company received
   $15,000  in  cash  and recorded compensation expense in the amount of $32,444
   during  the  year  ended  December  31,  1999  and  deferred  compensation of
   $54,570  was  included  in  stockholders'  equity  (deficit)  at December 31,
   1999.

   Stock  Options  - During 1997, the Company granted 940,100 nonqualified stock
   options   to   employees  and  one  nonemployee,  all  such  options  vesting
   immediately.  The  Company  recorded  compensation  expense  in the amount of
   $316,234  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997  in relation to these
   options.  In  1998, the Company granted 100,000 nonqualified stock options to
   an  employee,  originally  vesting  over  a  four-year  period.  The  Company
   recorded  compensation  expense  relating  to  1998  options in the amount of
   $17,782  and  $16,218  during  the  years  ended  December 31, 1998 and 1999,
   respectively  and  deferred  compensation of $16,218 and $-0- was included in
   stockholders'  equity  (deficit) at December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

   On  February  10,  1999, the Board of Directors also instituted the Plan. The
   Plan  provides  for up to 3,200,000 shares of common stock of the Company for
   the  granting  of  restricted  stock  and incentive stock options to purchase
   common  stock.  The  exercise  price  per share for an incentive stock option
   must  be  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  estimated  fair market value, as
   determined  by  the  Board  committee  administering the Plan, on the date of
   grant.   In   connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Series  A  Redeemable
   Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  a  limit  was placed on the number of options
   that  could  be  granted  under  the  Plan.  At  December 31, 1999, the total
   shares  that  could  be issued under the Plan without further approval by the
   Series A designee to the Board was 2,907,056.

   During  1999,  the  Company granted 2,286,709 stock options to employees. Out
   of  the  total  stock  option  grants,  447,125  options  vested immediately,
   66,841  options  were  forfeited  or  cancelled, with the remaining 1,772,743
   options vesting over a four-year period.

   In  February   1999,   the   Board  of  Directors   also  granted   6,549,900
   nonqualified stock options to the

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

   three  employees  who  were  founders  of  the  Company.  These stock options
   vested  immediately.  At  grant  date, the option price was equal to the fair
   value of the Company's common stock.

   During  1999,  the  Company  also  granted  105,000 stock options under three
   separate  nonqualified  stock  option  agreements, one of which is with a non
   employee  director,  the  other  two were with non employee advisors. The non
   employee   director  compensation  expense  was  determined  based  upon  the
   difference  between  the  exercise  price and the estimated fair market value
   of  the  common  stock  at  the date of grant. For the non employee advisors,
   total  compensation  expense  was  determined monthly based on the fair value
   of  the  options earned. These options were granted for a ten-year period and
   vest  over  either three, four, or five years. In relation to the issuance of
   these  options,  the  Company  recorded compensation expense in the amount of
   $53,076  during  the  year  ended December 31, 1999 and deferred compensation
   of  $86,391  was  included  in stockholders' equity (deficit) at December 31,
   1999.

   The  Company  recorded  compensation  expense  relating  to  employee options
   granted  during  1999  with  exercise  prices below the estimated fair market
   value  at  the  dates  of  grant  in  the  amount  of  $36,447,  and deferred
   compensation  in  the  amount of $259,247 which was included in stockholders'
   equity (deficit) at December 31, 1999.

     Option transactions were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                                           SHARES        EXERCISE PRICE
                                                                       -------------   -----------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
  Options outstanding, January 1, 1997 .............................        64,000         $  0.010
    Options granted ................................................       940,100            0.010
                                                                           -------
   Options outstanding, December 31, 1997 ..........................     1,004,100            0.010
    Options granted ................................................       100,000            0.010
    Options exercised ..............................................      (440,100)           0.010
                                                                         ---------
   Options outstanding, December 31, 1998 ..........................       664,000            0.010
    Options granted ................................................     8,941,609            0.500
    Options forfeited or cancelled .................................       (66,841)           0.500
    Options exercised ..............................................       (82,000)           0.213
                                                                         ---------
   Options outstanding, December 31, 1999 ..........................     9,456,768            0.468
                                                                         =========
   Options exercisable as of December 31, 1999 .....................     7,889,704            0.463
                                                                         =========
   Options available for future grant at December 31, 1999 .........       552,188
                                                                         =========
</TABLE>

  At December 31, 1999, options outstanding were as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                       NUMBER          REMAINING
EXERCISE PRICE      OUTSTANDING     CONTRACTUAL LIFE
----------------   -------------   -----------------
<S>                <C>             <C>
$  0.010               616,000         7.8 years
$  0.500             8,840,768         9.3 years

</TABLE>

   The Company  has  computed  the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS No.
   123  for  all  stock options granted as of December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999.
   The  Company  used  the  minimum  value  method permitted by SFAS No. 123 for
   nonpublic  entities  for  1997  and  1998. The weighted average fair value at
   the  date  of  grant  for  options granted during fiscal years 1997, 1998 and
   1999 was $.35, $.35 and $1.32 per share, respectively.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

   The weighted average assumptions used for options granted during fiscal years
   1997, 1998, and 1999 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1997         1998         1999
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
   Risk-free interest rate ..........   6.50%        6.50%        5.20%
   Expected dividend yield ..........   0.00%        0.00%        0.00%
   Expected life ....................   5 years      5 years      4 years
   Volatility factor ................      0%           0%          13%
</TABLE>

   The pro  forma  effects of applying SFAS No. 123 for fiscal years 1997, 1998,
   and 1999 would be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997             1998              1999
                                                       --------------   --------------   ----------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>
   Pro forma net loss ..............................     $ (138,944)      $ (566,897)      $ (1,663,429)
   Pro forma net loss per share - basic ............     $    (0.07)      $    (0.26)      $      (0.72)
   Pro forma net loss per share - diluted ..........     $    (0.07)      $    (0.26)      $      (0.72)
</TABLE>

6. NET LOSS PER SHARE

   In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
   No.  128,  "Earnings Per Share". This statement requires dual presentation of
   basic  and  diluted  earnings  per share on the face of the income statement.
   Basic  earnings  per share is to be computed by dividing net income available
   to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number of common shares
   outstanding  for  the  period.  Diluted  earnings per share is to reflect the
   potential  dilution  that  could  occur  if  securities or other contracts to
   issue  common  shares  were exercised or converted into common shares for all
   periods presented.

   The  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding and potential
   dilutive  shares  were  2,874,100, 2,805,583 and 10,336,357 relating to stock
   options  and  redeemable convertible preferred stock in 1997, 1998, and 1999,
   respectively.

   For  the  years ended December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999, the Company incurred
   a  net  loss; therefore, all potential common shares are antidilutive and are
   not included in the calculation of the diluted net loss per common share.


7. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

   On June  22,  1999,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Series A Preferred Stock
   Purchase   Agreement   (the   Agreement)   with   a  purchaser.  The  Company
   authorized,  issued,  and  sold  2,161,265  shares  of  Series  A  Redeemable
   Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  $.01  par  value,  for  $4,000,000 ($1.85 per
   share).  Each  outstanding  share  of  the  Series  A  Redeemable Convertible
   Preferred  Stock  is  entitled to the number of votes such that the aggregate
   vote  of  the  holders of the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
   is  equal  to  the  economic  stake  such  shares  have in the Company at the
   record  date  for  the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on such
   matters.  The  purchasers  of  the  Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred
   Stock,  voting  as a separate class, exclusive of all other stockholders, are
   entitled  to  elect  one  director  of the Company. The holders of the Common
   Stock,  voting  as a separate class, exclusive of all other stockholders, are
   entitled  to  elect  four  directors.  The holders of the Series A Redeemable
   Convertible  Preferred  Stock and the Voting Common Stock, voting as a single
   class,  are  entitled  to elect one director. Such rights with respect to the
   election  of  directors  terminate  upon  the  effectiveness of the Company's
   initial public offering.

   The  holder of  any  such shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred
   Stock has the right,


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999


   at  its  option  at  any  time,  to  convert  any  such  shares  of  Series A
   Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  into the same number of fully paid
   and  nonassessable  shares of Common Stock. Each share of Series A Redeemable
   Convertible  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible  into  the number of shares of
   Common  Stock  that  would  result from dividing the original issue price per
   share  ($1.85)  of the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock by the
   conversion  price  for  the  Series  A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
   that  is  in  effect  at  the  time of the conversion. The initial conversion
   price  for  the  Series  A  Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  is the
   original  issue  price  for  the  Series  A  Redeemable Convertible Preferred
   Stock.  The  conversion  price may be adjusted from time to time upon certain
   conditions,  such  as  sales  of  common stock, issuance of options and other
   common stock events.

   The  holders  of  the  Series  A  Redeemable  Convertible Preferred Stock are
   entitled  to  receive, out of funds legally available when and if declared by
   the  Board  of Directors, cumulative dividends at the annual dividend rate of
   $.148  per  share.  Upon  any  liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
   Company,  whether  voluntary  or involuntary, or upon redemption, the holders
   of  the  Series  A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are first entitled,
   before  any  distribution or payment is made with respect to the Common Stock
   or  any  other series of capital stock, to be paid out of available funds and
   assets  an  amount  equal  to  the  "Original  Issue  Price" ($1.85) for each
   Series  A  Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  as  adjusted for common
   stock  events  plus,  in  the  case  of  each  share,  an amount equal to all
   accrued  dividends  unpaid  thereon  (whether  or not declared) and any other
   dividends  declared  but  unpaid  thereon. The undeclared dividends are being
   accreted  to  the  redemption value. The 1999 accrued dividend of $168,300 is
   presented  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of Operations as an addition to
   net loss applicable to common shareholders.

   If,  at  any  time, the Company obtains a firm commitment-underwritten public
   offering  of  shares  of Common Stock in which (i) the aggregate net proceeds
   of  such  public  offering  equals or exceeds $15,000,000 and (ii) the public
   offering  price  per  share  equals  or exceeds $5.55 per share (adjusted for
   common  stock  event),  then  effective  upon  closing  of  the sales of such
   shares  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  such public offering, all outstanding
   shares   of   Series   A   Redeemable   Convertible   Preferred   Stock  will
   automatically convert to fully paid nonassessable shares of Common Stock.

   After  June  22,  2004,  the  fifth anniversary of the original issue, at the
   written  request  of a majority of the then-outstanding holders of the Series
   A  Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  to  redeem at least 20% of such
   shares,  the  Company  shall,  within  60  days,  redeem in cash from legally
   available  funds,  the  number  of  shares  as  requested  of  the  Series  A
   Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  If  the  Company  does  not  have
   sufficient  funds  legally  available to make full payment in cash or if such
   payment  would  cause  the  Company  to  be  in violation of any covenants to
   lenders  or  others,  then,  within  sixty  days,  the  Company  shall redeem
   one-third   of  the  Series  A  Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  as
   requested  in  the  redemption  notice. An additional third shall be redeemed
   one  year  after  the  redemption notice and the last third shall be redeemed
   two  years  after  the  redemption  notice.  If the Company is unable to make
   full  payment  pursuant  to  the  above,  then  the  Company shall redeem the
   Series  A  Redeemable  Convertible Preferred Stock in accordance to a payment
   schedule  mutually  agreed  to by the Company and the holders of the Series A
   Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.

   The  redemption  price  for  each  share  of  Series A Redeemable Convertible
   Preferred  Stock  shall  be equal to the Series A Liquidation Preference. The
   Series  A  Liquidation  Preference  is the Original Issue Price per share, as
   adjusted  for  any common stock events, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends
   whether or not earned or declared.

   The  difference  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  the Series A Redeemable
   Convertible  Preferred  Stock  of  $4,095,054  at  December 31, 1999, and the
   redemption amount of $4,168,300, based upon


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999


   the  liquidation  amount,  represents  the  cost  of issuance, which is being
   accreted  pro  rata  over the period beginning on June 22, 1999 issuance date
   and  ending  on  the  prescribed  redemption  date,  June  22, 2004. The 1999
   accretion   of   $8,139  is  presented  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of
   Operations as an addition to net loss applicable to common shareholders.

8. LEASE COMMITMENTS

   Operating  Leases - The Company leases its headquarters office space under an
   operating  lease  that  expires  in July 2006. The lease for the headquarters
   office  space  contains  an  escalation  clause  that  provides for increased
   rentals  based  on  an  annual  escalation of 1.03 times the preceding year's
   base rent.

   As  of  December  31, 1999, the Company was committed to leases for its other
   sales offices with portions of the leases expiring through June 2003.

   Total  rental  expense  under  all office leases for fiscal years 1997, 1998,
   and  1999  was $61,357, $117,833, and $320,525, respectively. At December 31,
   1999,  future  minimum  lease  payments  required  under noncancelable leases
   were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------
<S>                                         <C>
   2000 .................................    $  598,723
   2001 .................................       630,562
   2002 .................................       637,630
   2003 .................................       596,867
   2004 .................................       588,605
   Thereafter ...........................       966,033
                                             ----------
   Total minimum lease payments .........    $4,018,420
                                             ==========
 </TABLE>

   Capital  Leases - The Company is obligated under capital leases for computers
   and  other  equipment. The leases expire at various dates through April 2002.
   The following is a summary of assets under capital leases:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                                   1998            1999
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
  Computer equipment ......................................    $  357,202      $  368,723
  Office equipment ........................................        44,728          31,151
                                                               ----------      ----------
  Total ...................................................       401,930         399,874
  Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization .........      (100,638)       (222,321)
                                                               ----------      ----------
  Assets under capital lease - net ........................    $  301,292      $  177,553
                                                               ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   Assets  under capital  lease  are  depreciated  or  amortized  over three- to
   five-year  lives,  with  expense  totaling $14,991, $85,090, and $128,670 for
   the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999, respectively.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

The future minimum lease payments under capital leases are computed as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>
     2000 .........................................................    $ 130,940
     2001 .........................................................       85,648
     2002 .........................................................       15,351
                                                                       ---------
                                                                         231,939

   Less: Interest .................................................      (26,438)
                                                                       ---------
   Present value of future minimum capital lease payments .........      205,501
   Less: Current portion ..........................................     (113,293)
                                                                       ---------
   Capital lease obligation, net of current portion ...............    $  92,208
                                                                       =========
 </TABLE>

9.  NOTES PAYABLE

    In  1997, the  Company  purchased  common  stock  (treasury  stock)  from  a
    stockholder for  $49,000  cash  and a $70,000 note payable. The note payable
    specified payments  of  $35,000  in  February 1998 and February 1999 and was
    non-interest bearing.

    In 1998, the Company borrowed $29,415  against an equipment loan facility of
    $125,000.  This note is interest  only monthly,  convertible  on a quarterly
    basis to a thirty-six  month  note with  principal and interest due monthly.
    Borrowings under this  note are secured by equipment and accounts receivable
    and bear  interest  at prime plus 1%,  which was 8.75% at December 31, 1998.
    The agreement  is personally  guaranteed  by the  President/Chief  Executive
    Officer.  The balance was paid in full during 1999.

10. LINE OF CREDIT AND EQUIPMENT LOAN FACILITY

    At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company had a line of credit in the amount of
    $400,000 that was payable on  demand. Borrowings under this note are secured
    by accounts  receivable  of the  Company and bear  interest at prime plus 2%
    which was 9.75% at December 31, 1998.  The  agreement  required no financial
    covenants and was personally  guaranteed by  the  President/Chief  Executive
    Officer.

    In May  1999,  the Company paid off the  outstanding  amount on the original
    line of  credit and  outstanding  note  payable  and  obtained a new line of
    credit in  the  amount  of  $1,000,000  consisting  of an  $800,000  secured
    revolving credit  line and a $200,000 equipment line of credit.

    In August  1999, the Company amended  (Amendment No. 1) the May 1999 line of
    credit  agreement to increase the maximum  availability  under the equipment
    line  to $600,000.

    In  November 1999, the Company  amended  (Amendment No. 2) the May 1999 line
    of  credit agreement to increase the maximum  availability under each of the
    revolving  credit and the equipment line to $1,000,000. Under this amendment
    interest rates  for the revolving  credit line was adjusted to prime plus 1%
    and the  interest  rate  for the  equipment  line was adjusted to prime plus
    1.25%.

    In 1999, the  Company borrowed  $960,547 against the equipment loan facility
    of $1,000,000.  Any  outstanding  amounts within the first six months of the
    loan plus accrued interest  were converted to a term loan.  Borrowings under
    this note are secured by  personal property, including equipment, trademarks
    and accounts  receivable of  the Company,  bear interest at prime plus 1.25%
    (9.75%  at  December  31,  1999)  and   are  subject  to  certain  financial
    covenants. In November


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

   1999,  all  equipment  line  advances  then  outstanding,  plus  any  accrued
   interest,  were  converted  to  a  term  loan  (the  "First  Term Loan"). All
   equipment  line  advances  made since the First Term Loan conversion shall be
   converted  into  a  Second Term Loan in May 2000. Each of the First Term Loan
   and  the  Second Term Loan shall provide repayments of principal and interest
   in  thirty  equal  monthly  installments.  The  Company  must  also  maintain
   various  financial  covenants,  including  minimum  cash  balance and certain
   financial  ratios.  In  addition, the Company cannot declare or pay dividends
   on,  or  make  any  distribution  with  respect  to,  any class of its equity
   during the term of this facility.

   At  December  31,  1999,  the  amounts outstanding under the revolving credit
   line  was  $550,000 payable by May 2000 with accrued interest due and payable
   monthly.  Borrowings  under  this  note are secured by accounts receivable of
   the  Company  and  bear interest at prime plus 1% (9.5% at December 31, 1999)
   and are subject to certain financial covenants.

   The following represents the maturities of the equipment loan facility:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,    PRINCIPAL DUE
---------------------------- --------------
<S>                          <C>
     2000 ..................    $337,302
     2001 ..................     397,679
     2002 ..................     225,566
                                --------
     Total .................    $960,547
                                ========

</TABLE>

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    The Company had  an arrangement with another company, the president of which
    is also a member  of the  Company's  Board of  Directors,  whereby the other
    company provides  advisory and fiduciary  oversight  services to the Company
    at an average  monthly fee of $2,500. This arrangement ended and was paid in
    full  during   July 1999.  Total fees paid to the other  company  under this
    arrangement   totaled  $26,000 and $50,000 for the years ended  December 31,
    1998 and  1999,  respectively,  and the Company's  accrued  liability to the
    other  company   was  $2,000 at  December  31,  1998.  There was no  accrued
    liability at December 31, 1999.

    The Company  engaged  a law firm  during  1997 and 1998.  An attorney at the
    firm  is also a shareholder of the Company.  The Company incurred $4,751 and
    $2,098  in expense to the Firm during 1997 and 1998, respectively. There was
    no  accrued liability at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

    The Company  engaged   another law firm during 1998 and 1999. An attorney at
    the firm is also  a shareholder of the Company. The Company incurred $19,158
    and $227,039  in expense to the firm and the Company's  accrued liability to
    the  firm   was  $17,158  and  $21,806  at  December   31,  1998  and  1999,
    respectively.

    Beginning in 1998, the Company  has an arrangement with a shareholder of the
    Company whereby the shareholder  provides consulting services to the Company
    at an average  monthly  fee  of $4,167.  Total fees paid to the  shareholder
    under this  arrangement   totaled  $8,333 and  $50,000  for the years  ended
    December  31,  1998   and  1999,  respectively,  and the  Company's  accrued
    liability  to the shareholder was $4,167 at December 31, 1998.  There was no
    accrued  liability at December 31, 1999.

    Beginning in 1999,  the Company has an arrangement with a nonqualified stock
    option holder of  the Company whereby the option-holder  provides consulting
    services  to  the Company at an average  monthly  fee of $4,167.  Total fees
    paid  to the option-holder under this arrangement


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

    totaled $20,833 for the year ended December 31, 1999.

    On April  6,  1999, the Company loaned the President of the Company $65,000,
    which is  to  be  paid  in  full  with all unpaid, accrued interest by April
    2004. The  interest rate of this note is prime plus 1% (9.5% at December 31,
    1999). Interest  income  earned  during  the year and receivable at December
    31, 1999 was $4,360.

12. BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION

    The Company operates  in  one  industry segment, the development and sale of
    computer software programs and related services.

    Two customers  accounted  for  26%  and  23% of total accounts receivable at
    December 31,  1998.  The  Company's  services to NCBI under two subcontracts
    accounted for  12%  of  total  accounts receivable at December 31, 1998. One
    customer accounted  for  approximately  14%  of total accounts receivable at
    December  31,   1999.   The   Company's  services  to  the  NCBI  under  two
    subcontracts accounted  for 18% of total accounts receivable at December 31,
    1999.

    The  Company's   professional  services  provided  to  the  NCBI  under  two
    subcontracts  accounted for 34% of total revenue for the year ended December
    31, 1998  and 27% of revenue for the year ended  December  31,  1999.  There
    were  no sales to any individual  country except for the United States where
    such sales accounted for 10% or more of total revenue.

    Substantially  all assets are held in the United States at December 31, 1998
    and 1999.

    Revenues  by geographic  destination  and as a percentage of total  revenues
    are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED
                                 -----------------------------------------
                                      1997          1998          1999
                                 ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>
  GEOGRAPHIC AREA BY DESTINATION
---------------------------------
  United States ................  $1,843,152    $2,882,439    $ 8,513,617
  International ................     358,570     1,243,806      1,500,808
                                  ----------    ----------    -----------
                                  $2,201,722    $4,126,245    $10,014,425
                                  ==========    ==========    ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED
                                 --------------------------------
                                    1997       1998       1999
                                 ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>
  GEOGRAPHIC AREA BY DESTINATION
---------------------------------
  United States ................     84.0%      70.0%      85.0%
  International ................     16.0       30.0       15.0
                                    -----      -----      -----
                                    100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
                                    =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

13. COMMITMENTS

    Employment  Agreements  - All   employees  hired  in  1999  have  employment
    agreements  that   entitle  them  to two  weeks  of  severance  in  case  of
    termination.   In addition,  three  employees of the Company have employment
    agreements  that entitle these individuals to specified amounts of severance
    if such individuals are terminated.

14. CONTINGENCIES

    Government  Audits - Payments to the Company on subcontracts with prime U.S.
    Government   contractors  are  subject to  adjustment  upon audit by various
    agencies of  the U.S.  Government.  For the years ended  December  31, 1997,
    1998 and 1999,  no audits of costs and the related


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999


   payments  have  been performed by the various agencies. At December 31, 1998,
   the  Company  accrued  a  potential liability for billings in excess of costs
   incurred  of  $79,796 related to a cost-plus-fee contract. In July 1999, this
   contract  was  converted to a time and material based contract by signing new
   agreements.  Any  potential  liabilities from the prior contract ceased under
   the  new  agreements.  At December 31, 1999, there are no liabilities accrued
   related  to  the billing in excess of cost. In the opinion of management, the
   final  determination  of  these  costs  and  related payments will not have a
   material  effect  on the Company's financial position, results of operations,
   or liquidity.

   Litigation  -  In late 1998, litigation was filed in France by a former sales
   representative.  A  hearing was held in 1999 and according to the decision of
   the  French  court,  the  Company  has  been  directed to pay $228,600 to the
   former  representative.  The  liability  of  $228,600 was accrued at December
   31, 1999.

15. RETIREMENT PLAN

    Effective January  1, 1999, the Company established a 401(k) retirement plan
    (the 401(k)  Plan) covering all eligible  employees,  as defined.  Under the
    terms  of  the  401(k)  Plan,  participants  may  defer a  portion  of their
    salaries as  employee  contributions  and are immediately  100% vested.  The
    Company may  make matching,  nonelective or  discretionary  contributions to
    the 401(k)  Plan. In general, matching and discretionary  contributions made
    by the  Company vest ratably over a three-year  period.  The Company did not
    make  a contribution under this Plan for 1999.

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    In  January  2000,  the  Company  joined  in   a  value-added  reseller  and
    comarketing agreement with another company. The  Company grants to the other
    company a  nonexclusive  worldwide  internal  use  license  and  value-added
    reseller  license.  Each  license has a term of two  years,  and the Company
    will receive a sublicense  fee for each copy of the  product  sublicensed by
    the other company.

    In January 2000,  the Company joined in agreement with a biotech  company to
    develop a customized  version of its software for use by the biotech company
    in  connection  with   distribution  of the biotech  company's  data through
    license agreements. The  biotech company agrees to pay for the customization
    of the  product on a   time-and-materials  basis  along with any  reasonable
    expenses incurred during  the customization of the product. In addition, the
    Company  will  receive  a  fee for  each  license  agreement  and an  annual
    maintenance  fee per end user   for each  license  and  maintenance  sale to
    outside parties by the biotech company.

    In February  2000,  the Company  increased  the line of credit to $3,000,000
    and the  equipment  line of  credit  to  $3,000,000  (equipment  loan).  Any
    outstanding  amounts on the line  of credit are  payable by  February  2001;
    however, any accrued interest is  due and payable monthly.  Borrowings under
    this line of credit are secured  by accounts  receivable  of the Company and
    bear  interest  at prime  plus  1.00% and are  subject to certain  financial
    covenants,  such as minimum cash  balances,  net worth,  and current ratios.
    Any outstanding amount on the  equipment loan within the first six months of
    the loan plus any accrued interest  shall be converted to a term loan in May
    2000  with   principal-and-interest    payments   required  monthly  over  a
    twenty-four  month   period.  Borrowings  under  this  loan are  secured  by
    equipment  of  the  Company,  bear  interest  at prime plus  1.25%,  and are
    subject  to a minimum level of net worth.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                                INFORMAX, INC.
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999

    On  June 7, 2000, the Board of Directors approved the Company's plan to make
    an initial public offering of up to $100,000,000 of common stock.

    On June 7, 2000 the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of
    authorized  common shares  reserved for issuance under the Company's  equity
    incentive compensation plan to 3,700,000.

    On June 19, 2000, the Company  amended   (Amendment No. 5) the May 1999 line
    of credit  agreement in  connection   with a $3 million  bridge  loan.  This
    amendment provides a $3  million bridge loan to fund the Company's operating
    expenses  and  modifies   certain  financial   covenants.   All  outstanding
    borrowings  under the  bridge  loan will  accrue  interest at the prime rate
    plus 2.5% to be payable  monthly beginning on July 15, 2000. All outstanding
    borrowings  under the  bridge loan together with any unpaid interest accrued
    thereon  will become  due and payable  upon the earlier of (i)  December 19,
    2000  and (ii) the   closing  date of any  initial  public  offering  of any
    capital  stock or any  other equity  event in which the Company  receives an
    infusion of at least $3  million in cash or non-cash  assets from any holder
    of our capital stock.   Generally,  in the event that the Company raises any
    funds  through   venture   financing,   private  placements  of  our  equity
    securities,  or   strategic  investors,  the Company is  obligated to make a
    prepayment  on   the  bridge  loan  up to  the  maximum  amount  outstanding
    thereunder.  The  Company may  initially  draw up to $1.5  million and up to
    $500,000 (in   increments  of $250,000)  in  subsequent  months up to the $3
    million  maximum   amount.  In  connection  with the bridge loan the Company
    issued to the  bank warrants to purchase up to 9,000 shares of common stock.
    In the event  that any amounts under the bridge loan remain due on September
    19, 2000,   the Company is obligated to issue  additional  6,000 warrants to
    the bank.   The  warrants  are  initially  exercisable  at $10.00 per share,
    subject  to adjustment  for certain  dilutive  issuances.  The bank was also
    issued  certain  registration rights enabling them to request the Company to
    include   the common  stock  underlying  their  warrants  in a  registration
    statement filed by the Company

    On June  23, 2000, the Company  issued  145,678 shares of common stock in  a
    private  sale transaction with three accredited  investors and received cash
    compensation totaling approximately $1.55 million.

    On June 29, 2000,  the  Company  issued  187,970  share of common stock in a
    private sale  transaction   to an  accredited  investor  and  received  cash
    compensation  totaling  approximately $2.0 million. In addition, the Company
    issued warrants  to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock. The warrants are
    initially  exercisable at $10.64 per share subject to adjustment for certain
    dilutive issuances.

    On June 30,  2000,  in  connection  with the  settlement  and payment of the
    litigation  liability  of $228,600  to the former  sales  representative  in
    France   (see  note  14)  the  Company   purchased  from  the  former  sales
    representative the remaining 26% interest in its subsidiary  InforModas SARL
    for approximately $7,500.

    On April 20, 2000,  the  president  of the Company  paid $65,000  toward the
    interest and principal  outstanding  under the loan that the Company made in
    April 1999. On July 7, 2000, the remaining principal
    and interest of approximately $6,000 was repaid.

17. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

    The  following   table  sets  forth  activity  in  the  Company's   accounts
    receivable reserve accounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 BALANCE AT                                   BALANCE AT
                                  BEGINNING     CHARGES TO                      END OF
                                  OF PERIOD      EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS       PERIOD
                                ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
  Year ended -
  December 31, 1997 .........      $    --        $    --          $ --         $    --
  December 31, 1998 .........           --         15,000            --          15,000
  December 31, 1999 .........       15,000             --            --          15,000
 </TABLE>

                                  * * * * * *


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      You  should  rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have  not  authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained  in  this  prospectus.  We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to
buy,  shares  of  common  stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted.  The  information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the  date  of  this  prospectus,  regardless  of  the  time  of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.


      Until          ,  2000,  all  dealers effecting transactions in the common
stock  of  InforMax, Inc., whether or not participating in this offering, may be
required  to  deliver  a  prospectus.  This  is in addition to the obligation of
dealers  to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




                       --------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                       --------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PAGE
                                                 --------------
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary ...........................          3
Risk Factors .................................          9
Special Note Regarding
   Forward-Looking Statements ................         18
Special Note Regarding Market Data ...........         18
Use of Proceeds ..............................         19
Dividend Policy ..............................         19
Capitalization ...............................         20
Dilution .....................................         22
Selected Consolidated Financial Data .........         23
Management's Discussion and Analysis
   of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations .....................         25
Business .....................................         33
Management ...................................         50
Certain Transactions .........................         58
Principal Stockholders .......................         59
Description of Capital Stock .................         61
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ..............         65
Underwriting .................................         67
Legal Matters ................................         70
Experts ......................................         70
Additional Information .......................         70
Index to Consolidated Financial
   Statements ................................         F-1
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]



                                    SHARES


                                 COMMON STOCK

               ------------------------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
               ------------------------------------------------
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

                           U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY

                         ADAMS, HARKNESS & HILL, INC.


                                          , 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  various  expenses payable by us in
connection  with  the  registration of the securities offered hereby. All of the
amounts  shown  are  estimated  except  the  Securities  and Exchange Commission
registration  fee,  the  NASD  filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing
fee.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee. .........       *
NASD filing fee ..............................................       *
Nasdaq National Market listing fee ...........................       *
Transfer agent's and registrar's fees. .......................       *
Printing expenses ............................................       *
Legal fees and expenses ......................................       *
Accounting fees and expenses .................................       *
Miscellaneous expenses .......................................       *
                                                                   =====
    Total ....................................................     $  *
                                                                   =====

</TABLE>

* To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Under  Section  145  of the General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware,
InforMax  has  broad  powers  to  indemnify  its  directors and officers against
liabilities  they  may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the
Securities  Act  of  1933,  as amended (the "Securities Act"). InforMax's bylaws
(Exhibit   3.2  hereto)  also  provide  for  mandatory  indemnification  of  its
directors and executive officers.

     InforMax's  certificate of incorporation (Exhibit 3.1 hereto) provides that
the  liability  of its directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the
fullest  extent  permissible  under Delaware law. Pursuant to Delaware law, this
includes  elimination  of  liability  for  monetary  damages  for  breach of the
directors'  fiduciary  duty  of  care  to  InforMax  and its stockholders. These
provisions  do  not  eliminate  the  directors' duty of care and, in appropriate
circumstances,   equitable  remedies  such  as  injunctive  or  other  forms  of
non-monetary  relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each
director  will  continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director's
duty  of  loyalty  to  InforMax,  for  acts  or  omissions  not in good faith or
involving  intentional  misconduct,  for  knowing  violations  of  law,  for any
transaction  from  which  the director derived an improper personal benefit, and
for  payment  of  dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that
are  unlawful  under  Delaware  law.  The  provision  also  does  not  affect  a
director's   responsibilities   under  any  other  laws,  such  as  the  federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

     InforMax  intends  to  obtain in conjunction with the effectiveness of this
registration  statement a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance
that  insures  InforMax's  directors  and  officers against the cost of defense,
settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances.

     The  underwriting  agreement  filed  as  Exhibit  1.1  to this registration
statement  provides  for indemnification by the underwriters of InforMax and its
officers  and  directors  for  certain  liabilities arising under the Securities
Act.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     During  the  past  three  years,  the  registrant  has  issued unregistered
securities to a limited number of persons as described below.

(1) In  June 2000, we issued 187,970 shares of our common stock to an accredited
    investor  for  approximately  $2  million,  or $10.64 per share. In exchange
    for  the  rendering  of  certain  consulting services, we also issued to the
    same  accredited  investor  warrants  exercisable  for  15,000 shares of our
    common stock at $10.64 per share, subject to certain adjustment.

(2) In  June  2000, we issued an aggregate of 145,678 shares of our common stock
    to  three  accredited  investors  for approximately $1.55 million, or $10.64
    per share.

(3) In  June 2000, we issued warrants exercisable for 9,000 shares of our common
    stock  with  an exercise price of $10.00 per share. The warrants were issued
    in  connection  with  a  $3  million  bridge  loan financing and we received
    $0.01 per warrant.

(4) In  connection  with  an  equipment  line,  a revolving line of credit and a
    bridge  loan,  we  have  issued notes to the lender covering any outstanding
    amounts under the credit facilities.

(5) In  June 1999, we issued 2,161,265 shares of our Series A preferred stock to
    FBR Technology Venture Partners II, in exchange for $4,000,000 in cash.

(6) In  March  1998,  we  issued  440,100  shares  of  our  common  stock to Dr.
    Titomirov and two investors in exchange for $4,401.

(7) We have, from time to time,  granted options and restricted  stock grants to
    employees, consultants and directors. The following table sets forth certain
    information regarding such grants:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                   NUMBER OF SHARES   RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICE
---------------------- ------------------ ------------------------
<S>                    <C>                <C>
1997                   940,100            $ 0.01
1998                   100,000            $ 0.01
1999                   8,941,609          $ 0.50
1/1/2000 - 6/30/2000   596,523            $0.50 - $10.64
</TABLE>

     The  sale  and  issuance  of securities in the transactions described above
were  exempt  from  registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section
4(2)   of   the  Securities  Act  or  Regulation  D  promulgated  thereunder  as
transactions  by an issuer not involving a public offering, where the purchasers
were   sophisticated  investors  who  represented  their  intention  to  acquire
securities  for investment only and not with a view to distribution and received
or had access to adequate information about InforMax.

     No underwriters were employed in the above transactions.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (A) EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.     DESCRIPTION
-------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
 1.1            Underwriting Agreement *

 3.1            Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Certificate of the
                Designations, Powers, Preferences and Rights of the Series A Convertible
                Preferred Stock

 3.2            Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (proposed,
                post-offering)*

 3.3            Amended and Restated Bylaws

 3.4            Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (proposed, post-offering)*

 4.1            Specimen Common Stock Certificate *

 5.1            Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. *

10.1            InforMax, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, Amendment No. 1 thereto dated July 11,
                1999 and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated January 25, 2000

10.2            Employment Agreement between Joseph Lehnen and InforMax, Inc. dated
                April 1, 1999

10.3            Employment Agreement between Timothy Sullivan and InforMax, Inc. dated
                April 1, 1999

10.4            Investor Rights Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and FBR Technology
                Venture Partners II, L.P. dated June 22, 1999

10.5            Non-Preferred Holder Rights Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and each of
                the Weiss, Peck & Greer entities noted in the Principal Stockholders table dated
                March 29, 2000

10.6            Shareholder's Agreement among InforMax, Inc., Dr. Alex Titomirov, Dr. James
                Bernstein and certain other stockholders, and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated
                August 17, 1999, and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated March 29, 2000

10.7            Loan Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association
                dated May 6, 1999, Amendment No. 1 thereto dated August 6, 1999,
                Amendment No. 2 thereto dated November 30, 1999, Amendment No. 3 thereto
                dated February 7, 2000, Amendment No. 4 thereto dated February 29, 2000 and
                Amendment No. 5 thereto dated June 19, 2000

10.8            Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note dated February 7, 2000

10.9            Third Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note dated February 7, 2000

10.10           Security Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and PNC Bank, National
                Association dated May 6, 1999

10.11           Office Lease Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Jemal Cayre 6010
                Executive Blvd. L.L.C. dated March 31, 1999, Addendum No. 1 thereto dated
                July 8, 1999 and Addendum No. 2 thereto dated February 1, 2000 and
                Addendum No. 3 thereto dated May 19, 2000

10.12           Letter Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Management System Designers,
                Inc. dated July 9, 1999, in connection with services to be provided to the
                National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), addendum thereto
                dated November 22, 1999 and addendum thereto dated November 22, 1999+
</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.     DESCRIPTION
-------------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
10.13           Technical Services Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Unisys Corporation
                dated April 18, 2000 in connection with services to be provided to the National
                Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI)+

10.14           Bridge Note dated June 19, 2000

10.15           Warrant Purchase Agreement between InforMax, Inc and PNC Bank, National
                Association dated June 19, 2000

10.16           Joinder Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Paul Capital Partners VI
                Holdings dated June 13, 2000

10.17           Joinder Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Cogene Biotech Ventures, L.P.
                dated June 29, 2000

10.18           Joinder Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Gene Fund, LP, Kenson
                Venture, LLC and VitalBio Holdings, Inc. and June 23, 2000

23.1            Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2            Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto) *

24.1            Power of Attorney of Directors (included in signature pages)

27.1            Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

* To be filed by amendment
+ Confidential Treatment requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit

     (B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

     All  schedules  for  which  provision  is made in the applicable accounting
regulation  of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     The   undersigned   Registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
underwriters   at   the   closing   specified   in  the  Underwriting  Agreement
certificates  in  such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Underwriting  Agreement, its
Charter  or  Bylaws  or  the  Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise, the
Registrant  has  been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is  against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

     In  the  event  that  a  claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other  than  the  payment  by  the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of  the  Registrant  in the successful
defense  of  any  action,  suit  or  proceeding)  is  asserted by such director,
officer,  employee  or agent in connection with the securities being registered,
the  Registrant  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled  by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the  question  whether  such  indemnification  by it is against public policy as
expressed  in  the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For  purposes  of  determining  any liability under the Securities Act,
the  information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus filed as part of this
registration  statement  in  reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus  filed  by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.


                                      II-4
<PAGE>

     (2) For  the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of prospectus shall be
deemed  to  be  a  new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the Securities Act, InforMax, Inc. has
duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to  be  signed on its behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized, in the County of Montgomery, State of
Maryland, on July 11, 2000.

                                        INFORMAX, INC.

                                   By:  /S/ Dr. Alex Titomirov
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Dr. Alex Titomirov
                                        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     KNOW  BY  ALL  PERSONS,  that  each  person  whose  signature appears below
constitutes  and  appoints  Dr.  Alex  Titomirov, Dr. James Bernstein and Joseph
Lehnen,  and  each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents,
with  full  power  of  substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name,
place  and  stead,  in  any  and  all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments)  to this Registration Statement and sign
any  registration  statement  for  the same offering covered by the Registration
Statement  that  is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated
under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  and  to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto,  and  other  documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of  them,  full  power  and  authority  to do and perform each and every act and
thing  requisite  and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the
premises,  as  fully  to  all  intents  and  purposes as he might or could do in
person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents,  or  any  of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                          TITLE                     DATE
-----------------------------   -------------------------------   --------------
<S>                             <C>                               <C>
/S/ Dr. Alex Titomirov          Chairman of the Board of          July 11, 2000
---------------------------      Directors, President and Chief
Dr. Alex Titomirov               Executive Officer (Principal
                                 Executive Officer)

/S/ Joseph Lehnen               Chief Financial Officer           July 11, 2000
---------------------------     (Principal Financial Officer)
Joseph Lehnen

/S/ Dr. James E. Bernstein      Director                          July 11, 2000
---------------------------
Dr. James E. Bernstein

/S/ Harry D'Andrea              Director                          July 11, 2000
---------------------------
Harry D'Andrea

/S/ Hooks Johnston              Director                          July 11, 2000
---------------------------
Hooks Johnston
</TABLE>


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.     DESCRIPTION
-------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
 1.1            Underwriting Agreement *

 3.1            Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Certificate of the
                Designations, Powers, Preferences and Rights of the Series A Convertible
                Preferred Stock

 3.2            Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (proposed,
                post-offering)*

 3.3            Amended and Restated Bylaws

 3.4            Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (proposed, post-offering)*

 4.1            Specimen Common Stock Certificate *

 5.1            Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. *

10.1            InforMax, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, Amendment No. 1 thereto dated July 11,
                1999 and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated January 25, 2000

10.2            Employment Agreement between Joseph Lehnen and InforMax, Inc. dated
                April 1, 1999

10.3            Employment Agreement between Timothy Sullivan and InforMax, Inc. dated
                April 1, 1999

10.4            Investor Rights Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and FBR Technology
                Venture Partners II, L.P. dated June 22, 1999

10.5            Non-Preferred Holder Rights Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and each of
                the Weiss, Peck & Greer entities noted in the Principal Stockholders table dated
                March 29, 2000

10.6            Shareholder's Agreement among InforMax, Inc., Dr. Alex Titomirov, Dr. James
                Bernstein and certain other stockholders, and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated
                August 17, 1999, and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated March 29, 2000

10.7            Loan Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association
                dated May 6, 1999, Amendment No. 1 thereto dated August 6, 1999,
                Amendment No. 2 thereto dated November 30, 1999, Amendment No. 3 thereto
                dated February 7, 2000, Amendment No. 4 thereto dated February 29, 2000 and
                Amendment No. 5 thereto dated June 19, 2000

10.8            Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note dated February 7, 2000

10.9            Third Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note dated February 7, 2000

10.10           Security Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and PNC Bank, National
                Association dated May 6, 1999

10.11           Office Lease Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Jemal Cayre 6010
                Executive Blvd. L.L.C. dated March 31, 1999, Addendum No. 1 thereto dated
                July 8, 1999 and Addendum No. 2 thereto dated February 1, 2000 and
                Addendum No. 3 thereto dated May 19, 2000

10.12           Letter Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Management System Designers,
                Inc. dated July 9, 1999, in connection with services to be provided to the
                National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), addendum thereto
                dated November 22, 1999 and addendum thereto dated November 22, 1999+
</TABLE>

                                      II-7
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.     DESCRIPTION
-------------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
10.13           Technical Services Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Unisys Corporation
                dated April 18, 2000 in connection with services to be provided to the National
                Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI)+

10.14           Bridge Note dated June 19, 2000

10.15           Warrant Purchase Agreement between InforMax, Inc and PNC Bank, National
                Association dated June 19, 2000

10.16           Joinder Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Paul Capital Partners VI
                Holdings dated June 13, 2000

10.17           Joinder Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Cogene Biotech Ventures, L.P.
                dated June 29, 2000

10.18           Joinder Agreement between InforMax, Inc. and Gene Fund, LP, Kenson
                Venture, LLC and VitalBio Holdings, Inc. and June 23, 2000

23.1            Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2            Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto) *

24.1            Power of Attorney of Directors (included in signature pages)

27.1            Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

* To be filed by amendment
+ Confidential Treatment requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit

                                      II-8



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission